ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS
ASME B31.1
INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 47
Replies to Technical Inquiries
January 1, 2012 Through December 31, 2013
FOREWORD
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies either to the latest Edition at the time of issuance
of the interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the
Code may have superseded the reply.
The replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of
the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised
reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where
an interpretation is corrected by errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further,
persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,”
“certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
I-1
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS
Subject
Interpretation
Figure 127.4.8(D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph 102.3.1(A) (B31.1-2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph 127.3(D), Preparation for Welding — Spacing (B31.1-2010) . . . . . . . . . .
Table 132, P-No. 5A (B31.1-2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table D-1 (B31.1-2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Welder Requirements (B31.1-2010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
47-4
47-1
47-5
47-2
47-6
47-3
I-2
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
File No.
13-849
11-1428
13-1348
12-742
11-1206
11-2032
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
B31.1
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 47-1
Subject: Paragraph 102.3.1(A) (B31.1-2010)
Date Issued: February 13, 2012
File: 11-1428
Question: Per ASME B31.1-2010, para. 102.3.1(A), where the weld joint efficiency factor
(E p 0.85) is applicable, is the weld joint efficiency factor included in the Appendix A tabulated
values of allowable stress?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 47-2
Subject: Table 132, P-No. 5A (B31.1-2010)
Date Issued: May 14, 2013
File: 12-742
Question: For ASME B31.1-2010, may the minimum postweld heat treatment holding temperature range in Table 132 for P-5A be reduced from 1,300°F to 1,250°F?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 47-3
Subject: Welder Requirements (B31.1-2010)
Date Issued: May 24, 2013
File: 11-2032
Question (1): When the design stipulates B31.1-2010 for Boiler External Piping, can a non-ASME
Stamp Holder perform the welding?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): When the design stipulates B31.1-2010 for Nonboiler External Piping, can a
non-ASME Stamp Holder perform the welding?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): Can a non-ASME Stamp Holder perform repairs to B31.1 piping?
Reply (3): This question is outside the scope of ASME B31.1.
Interpretation: 47-4
Subject: Figure 127.4.8(D)
Date Issued: November 13, 2013
File: 13-849
Question: May the stress intensification factor for a branch connection listed in Table D-1 be
used for the piping connections shown in Fig. 127.4.8(D), Some Acceptable Types of Welded
Branch Attachment Details Showing Minimum Acceptable Welds?
Reply: Yes, provided the requirements of the Notes of Table D-1 are met.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I-3
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS
Interpretation: 47-5
Subject: Paragraph 127.3(D), Preparation for Welding — Spacing (B31.1-2010)
Date Issued: November 18, 2013
File: 13-1348
Question: Per ASME B31.1-2010, Chapter V, para. 127.3(D), Spacing, is the root opening of a
weld joint required to be within the range specified in the WPS?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 47-6
Subject: Table D-1 (B31.1-2010)
Date Issued: December 4, 2013
File: 11-1206
Question: When the geometric or other limitations in ASME B31.1-2010, Table D-1 are not met
or for items not listed in Table D-1, is the designer responsible for determining the proper
flexibility and stress intensification factors?
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply: Yes.
I-4
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 CASES
B31.1 — Cases No. 37
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A Case is the official method of handling a reply to an inquiry when study indicates that the
Code wording needs clarification, or when the reply modifies the existing requirements of the
Code or grants permission to use new materials or alternative constructions.
The text of proposed new and revised B31.1 Cases appear on the ASME Web site at
http://cstools.asme.org/csconnect/CommitteePages.cfm?CommitteepN10020200 for public
review. New and revised Cases, as well as announcements of annulments, then appear on the
Web site and in the next edition. As of the 1992 and later editions, all Cases currently in effect
at the time of publication of an edition are included with it.
This update, Cases No. 37, which is included after the last page of the 2014 Edition and the
Interpretations Volume 47 that follow, contains the following Cases:
175
182
183-1
187
189
190
192
The page numbers for the Cases supplements start with C-1 and continue consecutively. The
Cases affected by this supplement are as follows:
Page
Location
Change
C-2
Case 175
Annulled
C-5
Case 183-1
Revised
C-8
Case 189
Added
C-11
Case 190
Added
C-13
Case 192
Added
C-1
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 CASES
B31 CASE 175
ASTM B16 (UNS C36000) and B453 (UNS C35300) in ASME B31.1 Construction
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Annulment Date: September 28, 2013
Reason for Annulment: Requirements incorporated in ASME B31.1 Code.
C-2
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 CASES
B31 CASE 182
Use of 1.15Ni–0.65Cu–Mo–Cb in ASME B31.1 Construction
Approval Date: November 10, 2006
Inquiry: May A335-05a P36 Class 1 and Class 2, and
A182-05a F36 Class 1 and Class 2, be used for B31.1
construction?
(f) This Case number shall be referenced in the documentation and marking of the material, and recorded
on the Manufacturer’s Data Report (if applicable).
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee that
A335-05a P36 Class 1 and Class 2, and A182-05a F36
Class 1 and Class 2, may be used for B31.1 construction
provided that all of the following requirements are met:
(a) All applicable requirements of ASME B31.1 shall
be met.
(b) The maximum allowable stress values and other
data shown in Table 1 or 1M apply.
(c) Separate weld procedure and performance qualifications shall apply for both classes of this material. The
postweld heat treatment of the Class 1 and Class 2 material shall be in accordance with the rules specified in
Table 2 or 2M.
(d) After either cold bending to strains in excess of
5% or any hot bending of this material, the full length
of the component shall be heat treated in accordance
with the requirements specified in the material specification. (See PG-19 of Section I for method for calculating
strain.)
(e) Postweld heat treatment is mandatory under all
conditions.
CAUTIONARY NOTE: Corrosion fatigue occurs by the combined actions of cyclic loading and a corrosive environment.
In piping systems, corrosion fatigue is more likely to occur in
portions of water systems with low strain rates (<1.0%/sec),
higher temperatures [above 300°F (150°C)], and higher dissolved
oxygen (>0.04 ppm), with a preference toward regions with
increased local stresses. While the mechanisms of crack initiation
and growth are complex and not fully understood, there is consensus that the two major factors are strain and waterside environment. Strain excursions of sufficient magnitude to fracture
the protective oxide layer play a major role. In terms of the
waterside environment, high levels of dissolved oxygen and pH
excursions are known to be detrimental. Historically, the steels
applied in these water-touched components have had the minimum specified yield strengths in the range of 27 ksi to 45 ksi
(185 MPa to 310 MPa) and minimum specified tensile strengths
in the range of 47 ksi to 80 ksi (325 MPa to 550 MPa). As these
materials are supplanted by higher strength steels, some have
concern that the higher design stresses and thinner wall thicknesses will render components more vulnerable to failures by
corrosion fatigue. Thus, when employing such higher strength
steels for water systems, it is desirable to use “best practices”
in design by minimizing localized strain concentrations, in control of water chemistry and during lay-up by limiting dissolved
oxygen and pH excursions, and in operation by conservative
startup, shutdown, and turndown practices.
C-3
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 CASES
Table 1 Maximum Allowable Stress Values
Table 2 Requirements for Postweld Heat
Treatment (PWHT)
Maximum Allowable
Stress Values, ksi
For Metal Temperature
Not Exceeding, °F
Class 1
Class 2
Class
PWHT
Temperature,
°F
−20 to 100
200
300
25.7
25.7
25.1
27.3
27.3
26.6
1
1,100–1,200
400
500
600
700
25.1
25.1
25.1
25.1
26.6
26.6
26.6
26.6
2 in. and less thickness: 1 hr/in., 15 min
minimum
Over 2 in.: add 15 min for each additional
inch of thickness
2
1,000–1,150
1 hr/in., 1⁄2 hr min.
Table 2M Requirements for Postweld Heat
Treatment (PWHT)
Table 1M Maximum Allowable Stress Values
Class 1
Class 2
−30 to 40
100
150
200
177
177
173
173
188
188
183
183
250
300
350
371
173
173
173
173
183
183
183
183
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Class
PWHT
Temperature,
°C
1
595–650
50 mm and less thickness: 1 hr/25 mm,
15 min minimum
Over 50 mm: add 15 min for each
additional 25 mm of thickness
2
540–620
1 hr/25 mm, 1⁄2 hr min.
Maximum Allowable
Stress Values, MPa
For Metal Temperature
Not Exceeding, °C
Holding Time
Holding Time
C-4
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 CASES
B31 CASE 183-1
Use of 9Cr–2W, UNS No. K92460, in ASME B31.1 Construction
Approval Date: September 25, 2013
Inquiry: May 9Cr–2W, UNS No. K92460, material conforming to one of the specifications listed in Table 1 be
used for ASME B31.1 construction?
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
be replaced, or must be removed, reaustenitized, and
retempered, and then replaced in the component.
(f) 9Cr–2W materials subject to forming or bending
shall be heat treated in accordance with the following
rules:
(1) When the material is cold formed or cold bent,
cold-forming strains shall be calculated in accordance
with para. 129.3.4.1 or 129.3.4.2.
(2) If normalizing and tempering is performed, it
shall not be performed locally. The pipe, tube, or component to be normalized and tempered shall either be heat
treated in its entirety, or the area (including the transition
to the unstrained portion) shall be cut away from the
balance of the pipe, tube, or component and heat treated
separately or replaced.
(3) If hot bending or hot forming is performed, and
for all cold swages, flares, or upsets, normalizing and
tempering of the material is required in accordance with
the requirements in the base material specification.
(4) If cold bending or cold forming is performed,
the material shall be heat treated as follows:
(-a) For materials with >20% strain with design
temperatures exceeding 1,115°F (600°C), or for materials
with >25% strain with design temperatures between
1,000°F (540°C) and 1,115°F (600°C), inclusive, the coldstrained area of the component shall be normalized and
tempered in accordance with the requirements of the
base material specification.
(-b) For materials with >5% strain but ≤20%
strain with design temperatures exceeding 1,115°F
(600°C), or with >5% strain but ≤25% strain with design
temperatures between 1,000°F (540°C) and 1,115°F
(600°C), inclusive, the cold-strained areas shall be heat
treated at 1,350°F to 1,425°F (730°C to 775°C) for 1 hr/in.
(1 h/25 mm) or 30 min minimum. As an alternative,
normalization and temper in accordance with the
requirements of the base material specification may be
substituted for the heat treatment required in this
paragraph.
(-c) If only a portion of a cold-bent or coldformed piping component is heated above the heat treatment temperature allowed above, and the material was
subjected to strains >5% but ≤25% for design temperatures ≤1,115°F (600°C), one of the following actions shall
be performed:
(-1) The component in its entirety shall be
renormalized and tempered in accordance with the
requirements of the base metal specification.
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee that 9Cr–2W,
UNS No. K92460, material conforming to one of the
specifications listed in Table 1 may be used for
ASME B31.1 construction provided the following additional requirements are met:
(a) ASTM A369 Grade FP92 material shall not exceed
a hardness of 250 HBW/265 HV (25 HRC).
(b) The maximum allowable stress values for the
material shall be those given in Table 2. The maximum
use temperature for the material shall be 1,200°F (649°C).
(c) For the purpose of procedure and performance
qualifications, the material shall be considered
P-No. 15E, Group 1. The procedure and performance
qualifications shall be conducted in accordance with
Section IX. Postweld heat treatment for this material is
mandatory, and the following rule shall apply: The
PWHT requirements shall be those given for P-No. 15E,
Group 1 materials in Table 132.
(d) Repair welding of base material shall be permitted
as prescribed by the applicable material product specification or its general requirements specification. All
repair welds shall be in accordance with Section IX using
one of the following processes: SMAW, SAW, GTAW, or
FCAW. The composition of the welding consumables
shall be such that the lower critical transformation temperature of the consumables shall exceed the maximum
postweld heat treatment temperature in (c) above. If the
lower critical transformation temperature is calculated
rather than measured, the formula used shall be
reported. If requested, data supporting the validity of
the formula shall be provided by the material manufacturer. All repair welds to base material shall be normalized and tempered according to the requirements of the
applicable material specification. The material manufacturer shall provide a complete report of all repair welds.
(e) If, during the manufacturing, any portion of the
component is heated to a temperature greater than
1,470°F (800°C), then the component must be reaustenitized and retempered in its entirety in accordance with
the applicable material specification, or that portion of
the component heated above 1,470°F (800°C), including
the heat-affected zone created by the local heating, must
C-5
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 CASES
(-d) For materials with ≤5% strain or design temperatures <1,000°F (540°C), heat treatment is neither
required nor prohibited.
(g) When utilized for Boiler External Piping, this Case
number shall be shown on the Manufacturer ’s Data
Report.
(h) This Case number shall be shown in the material
certification and marking of the material.
(-2) The allowable stress shall be that for Gr. 9
material (i.e., A335 P9 or equivalent product specification) at the design temperature, provided that the portion of the component that was heat treated to a
temperature exceeding the maximum holding temperature is subjected to a final heat treatment within the
temperature range and for the time required in
para. (4)(-b) above. For Boiler External Piping, the use
of this provision shall be noted on the Manufacturer’s
Data Report.
Table 1 Material Specifications and Grades
Product Form
ASTM Specification No.
Flanges, forged fittings, valves, and parts
Seamless tubes
Seamless pipe
Forgings
Forged and bored pipe
Plate
A182/A182M-11a, Grade F92
A213/A213M-08, Grade T92
A335/A335M-06, Grade P92
A336/A336M-10a, Grade F92
A369/A369M-06, Grade FP92
A1017/A1017M-11, Grade 92
Table 2 Maximum Allowable Stress Values
For Metal Temperature
Not Exceeding, °F
Stress, ksi
For Metal Temperature
Not Exceeding, °C
Stress, MPa
−20 to 100
200
300
400
500
25.7
25.7
25.3
24.5
23.8
−30 to 40
85
100
125
150
177
177
177
177
174
600
650
700
750
800
23.2
22.8
22.4
21.9
21.4
200
250
300
325
350
169
165
161
159
156
850
900
950
1,000
1,050
1,100
20.8
20.1
19.2
18.3
15.7
12.0
375
400
425
450
475
500
154
151
148
144
140
135
1,150
1,200
...
...
...
...
8.6
5.6
...
...
...
...
525
550
575
600
625
650 [Note (1)]
GENERAL NOTE: Stress values in italics are obtained from time-dependent properties.
NOTE:
(1) The maximum use temperature is 649°C. The value at 650°C is provided for interpolation purposes only.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
C-6
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
129
123
99.5
77.0
56.5
38.3
ASME B31.1 CASES
B31 CASE 187
Alternate Postweld Heat Treatment Holding Temperature Range Requirements
for P-No. 5A and P-No. 5B Group 1 Materials
Approval Date: July 13, 2011
Inquiry: May the minimum postweld heat treatment
holding temperature range in Table 132 for P-No. 5A
and P-No. 5B Group 1 be reduced from 1,300°F (700°C)
to 1,250°F (675°C) for a holding temperature range of
1,250°F (675°C) to 1,330°F (720°C) when postweld heat
treatment is required for welds joining P-No. 1 or P-No. 3
materials to P-No. 5A or P-No. 5B Group 1 materials?
(720°C) when postweld heat treatment is required for
welds joining P-No. 1 or P-No. 3 materials to P-No. 5A or
P-No. 5B Group 1 materials, provided all of the following
requirements are met:
(a) All applicable requirements of para. 132 shall be
met.
(b) The postweld heat treatment holding time at the
lower minimum temperature of 1,250°F (675°C) shall
be as specified in Table 132.1, Alternate Postweld Heat
Treatment Requirements for Carbon and Low Alloy
Steels, in ASME B31.1.
(c) This Case number shall be identified on the
Manufacturer’s Data Report for Boiler External Piping.
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee that the
minimum postweld heat treatment holding temperature
range in Table 132 for P-No. 5A and P-No. 5B
Group No. 1 may be reduced from 1,300°F (700°C) to
1,250°F (675°C) for an alternate postweld heat treatment
holding temperature range of 1,250°F (675°C) to 1,330°F
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
C-7
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 CASES
B31 CASE 189
Use of Alternative Ultrasonic Examination Acceptance Criteria in ASME B31.1
Approval Date: January 3, 2013
Inquiry: Under what conditions and limitations may
alternative UT acceptance criteria apply in lieu of those
described in para. 136.4.6 of ASME B31.1?
(-b) as part of a previous manufacturing process or
(-c) during the weld examination, provided
detection of these reflectors is included in the demonstration as required in (a)(3) above
(2) The examination area shall include the volume
of the weld, plus the lesser of 25 mm (1.0 in.) or t of
adjacent base metal. Alternatively, the examination volume may be reduced to include the actual heat affected
zone (HAZ) plus 6 mm (0.25 in.) of base material beyond
the heat affected zone on each side of the weld, provided
the extent of the weld HAZ is measured and
documented.
(3) Scanning may be performed at reference level,
provided the procedure qualification was performed at
reference level.
(e) Data Recording. Data shall be recorded in the
unprocessed form with no thresholding. The data record
shall include the complete examination area as specified
in (d)(2) above.
(f) Data Analysis
(1) Reflectors exceeding the limits below shall be
investigated to determine whether the indication originates from a discontinuity or is a geometric indication,
in accordance with (2) below.
(-a) For amplitude-based techniques, the location, amplitude, and extent of all reflectors that produce
a response greater than 20% of the reference level shall
be evaluated.
(-b) For nonamplitude-based techniques, the
location and extent of all images that have an indicated
length greater than 4.0 mm (0.16 in.) shall be
investigated.
(2) Ultrasonic indications of geometric and/or metallurgical origin shall be classified as specified in
ASME Section V, Article 4, T-481.
Alternatively, other techniques or NDE methods may
be used to classify an indication as geometric (e.g., alternative beam angles, radiography). The method
employed is for information only to classify the indication as geometric, and ASME B31.1 requirements for
examination techniques are only required to the extent
that they are applicable.
(g) Discontinuity Evaluation
(1) Dimensions. The dimensions of the discontinuity(ies) shall be determined by the rectangle that fully
contains the area of the discontinuity(ies) (refer to Fig. 1).
Reply: When specified by the owner, the ultrasonic
examination acceptance criteria included below may be
applied for welds in accordance with ASME B31.1, provided the following requirements are met:
(a) General/Scope
(1) The examination shall be conducted using automated or semiautomated techniques utilizing computerbased data acquisition.
(2) The examination shall be performed in accordance with a written procedure approved by NDE Level
III personnel and conforming to the requirements of
ASME BPV Code Section V, Article 4, Mandatory
Appendix VIII and
(-a) for phased array — ASME Section V,
Article 4, Mandatory Appendix V
(-b) for time of flight diffraction (TOFD) —
ASME Section V, Article 4, Mandatory Appendix III
(3) Procedure qualification shall meet the requirements of ASME Section V, Article 4, Mandatory
Appendix IX.
(b) Equipment. A mechanical guided scanner capable
of maintaining a fixed and consistent search unit position relative to the weld centerline shall be used.
(c) Personnel
(1) Setup and scanning of welds shall be performed
by personnel certified as NDE Level II or III (or by
Level I personnel under the direct supervision of Level II
or III personnel).
(2) Interpretation and evaluation of data shall be
performed by NDE Level II or III personnel.
(3) Examination personnel shall be qualified and
certified following a procedure or program as described
in ASME Section V, Article 1, T-120(e), (f), (h), or (i).
(4) Personnel demonstration requirements shall be
as stated in ASME Section V, Article 4, Mandatory
Appendix VIII and all additional owner-stipulated demonstration requirements.
(d) Examination
(1) The initial straight-beam scan for reflectors that
could interfere with the angle-beam examination shall
be performed
(-a) manually
C-8
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 CASES
Fig. 1 Surface and Subsurface Indications
t
t
h
h
S
(a) Surface Discontinuity
(b) Surface Discontinuity [Note (1)]
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
t
h
S
S > 0.5h
(c) Subsurface Discontinuity
NOTE:
(1) See para. (g)(1)(-d).
(-a) The length, ᐉ, of the discontinuity shall be
drawn parallel to the inside pressure-retaining surface
of the component.
(-b) The height, h, of the discontinuity shall be
drawn normal to the inside pressure-retaining surface
of the component.
(-c) The discontinuity shall be characterized as a
surface or subsurface discontinuity, as shown in Fig. 1.
(-d) A subsurface indication shall be considered
as a surface discontinuity if the separation (S in Fig. 1)
of the indication from the nearest surface of the component is equal to or less than half the through-wall dimension [h in Fig. 1, illustration (b)] of the subsurface
indication.
(2) Multiple Discontinuities
(-a) Discontinuous indications that are oriented
primarily in parallel planes shall be considered to lie in
a single plane if the distance between the adjacent planes
is equal to or less than 13 mm (0.50 in.) or 0.5t, whichever
is less.
(-b) If the space between two indications aligned
along the axis of weld is less than the height of the
indication of greater height, the two discontinuities shall
be considered a single discontinuity.
(-c) If the space between two indications aligned
in the through-thickness dimension is less than the
height of the indication of greater height, the two indications shall be considered a single discontinuity.
(h) Discontinuity Acceptance Criteria. Discontinuities
shall be evaluated using the applicable criteria of Table 1,
2, or 3, with the following additional requirement:
Regardless of discontinuity height or aspect ratio, discontinuity length shall not exceed 4t.
(i) Documentation. This Case number shall be referenced in the documentation and marking of the material,
and recorded on the Manufacturer’s Data Report, as
applicable.
C-9
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 CASES
Table 1 Discontinuity Acceptance Criteria for
Weld Thickness Less Than 25 mm (1.0 in.)
Location of
Discontinuity
h/t
[Note (1)]
Length,
ᐉ
Surface
Subsurface
≤0.100
≤0.286
≤6.4 mm (0.25 in.)
≤6.4 mm (0.25 in.)
Table 3 Subsurface Discontinuity Acceptance
Criteria for Weld Thickness ≥ 25 mm (1.0 in.)
Maximum h/t for Weld Thickness
Aspect Ratio,
h/ᐉ
25 mm to 64 mm
(1.0 in. to 2.5 in.)
100 mm to 300 mm
(3.9 in. to 11.8 in.)
0.00
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.068
0.076
0.086
0.098
0.114
0.040
0.044
0.050
0.058
0.066
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.80
0.90
1.00
0.132
0.156
0.180
0.210
0.246
0.286
0.076
0.088
0.102
0.116
0.134
0.152
GENERAL NOTE: A discontinuity is considered rejectable if its dimensions exceed the h/t value or the ᐉ value in this Table.
NOTE:
(1) t p thickness of the weld excluding any allowable reinforcement. For a butt joint joining two members having different
thicknesses at the joint, t is the thinner of the two thicknesses
joined. If a full-penetration weld includes a fillet weld, the
effective throat dimension of the fillet weld shall be included
in t.
Table 2 Surface Discontinuity Acceptance Criteria
for Weld Thickness ≥ 25 mm (1.0 in.)
Maximum h/t for Weld Thickness
Aspect Ratio,
h/ᐉ
25 mm to 64 mm
(1.0 in. to 2.5 in.)
100 mm to 300 mm
(3.9 in. to 11.8 in.)
0.00
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.031
0.033
0.036
0.041
0.047
0.019
0.020
0.022
0.025
0.028
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.40
0.45
0.50
0.055
0.064
0.074
0.083
0.085
0.087
0.033
0.038
0.044
0.050
0.051
0.052
GENERAL NOTES:
(a) t p thickness of the weld excluding any allowable reinforcement. For a butt joint joining two members having different
thicknesses at the joint, t is the thinner of the two thicknesses
joined. If a full penetration weld includes a fillet weld, the
effective throat dimension of the fillet weld shall be included
in t.
(b) Aspect ratio (h/ᐉ) used may be determined by rounding the
calculated h/ᐉ down to the nearest 0.05 increment value
within the column, or by linear interpolation.
(c) Regardless of discontinuity height or aspect ratio, discontinuity
length shall not exceed 4t.
(d) For intermediate thickness t [weld thicknesses between 64 mm
and 100 mm (2.5 in. and 3.9 in.)], linear interpolation is
required to obtain h/t values.
GENERAL NOTES:
(a) t p thickness of the weld excluding any allowable reinforcement. For a butt joint joining two members having different
thicknesses at the joint, t is the thinner of the two thicknesses
joined. If a full penetration weld includes a fillet weld, the
effective throat dimension of the fillet weld shall be included
in t.
(b) Aspect ratio (h/ᐉ) used may be determined by rounding the
calculated h/ᐉ down to the nearest 0.05 increment value
within the column, or by linear interpolation.
(c) Regardless of discontinuity height or aspect ratio, discontinuity
length shall not exceed 4t.
(d) For intermediate thickness t [weld thicknesses between 64 mm
and 100 mm (2.5 in. and 3.9 in.)], linear interpolation is
required to obtain h/t values.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
C-10
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 CASES
B31 CASE 190
Seamless Ni–25Cr–20Co Material Use in ASME B31.1
Approval Date: November 12, 2012
Inquiry: May precipitation-hardenable Ni–25Cr–20Co
alloy (UNS No. N07740) wrought sheet, plate, rod, seamless pipe and tube, fittings, and forgings material, conforming to the chemical requirements shown in Table 1,
the mechanical properties listed in Table 2, and otherwise conforming to the applicable requirements in the
specifications listed in Table 3 and elsewhere in this
Case, be used in welded construction under ASME B31.1
rules?
Table 1 Chemical Requirements
Chemical Composition
Limits, %
Element
Chromium
Cobalt
Aluminum
Titanium
Columbium + tantalum
23.5—25.5
15.0—22.0
0.2—2.0
0.5—2.5
0.50-2.5
Iron
Carbon
Manganese
Molybdenum
Silicon
3.0 max.
0.005—0.08
1.0 max.
2.0 max.
1.0 max.
Copper
Phosphorous
Sulfur
Boron
Nickel
0.50 max.
0.03 max.
0.03 max.
0.0006—0.006
Remainder
Table 2 Mechanical Properties Requirements
Property
Value
Tensile strength, min., ksi (MPa)
Yield strength, min., ksi (MPa)
Elongation in 2 in., min., %
150 (1 035)
90 (620)
20
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Table 3 Specifications
Product Form
Specification No.
Seamless pipe and tube
Plate, sheet, and strip
Bar
Forgings
Wrought fittings
SB-622
SB-435
SB-572
SB-564
SB-366
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee that
precipitation-hardenable Ni–25Cr–20Co alloy
(UNS No. N07740) wrought sheet, plate, rod, seamless
pipe and tube, fittings, and forgings as described in the
Inquiry may be used in welded construction complying
with the rules of ASME B31.1, provided the following
rules are met:
(a) Material shall be supplied in the solution heat
treated and aged condition. Solution heat treatment shall
be performed at 2,010°F (1 100°C) minimum for 1 hr/in.
(25 mm) of thickness but not less than 1⁄2 hr. Aging shall
be performed at 1,400°F to 1,500°F (760°C to 816°C) for
4 hr minimum up to 2 in. (50 mm) of thickness, plus an
additional 1⁄2 hr per additional inch (25 mm) of thickness.
Aging shall be followed by air cooling.
(b) The maximum allowable stress values for the
material shall be those given in Tables 4 and 4M.
(c) Separate weld procedure and performance qualifications shall be required. Qualifications shall be performed with material that is first annealed and aged in
accordance with (a) above. Welding shall be limited to
solid bare wire GTAW and/or GMAW processes. When
welding this alloy to itself, the weld metal shall be of
matching chemical composition. The welding procedure
qualification shall be conducted as prescribed in
ASME BPV Code Section IX, except that the guided bend
test required by QW-160 may use a 4T minimum bend
radius.
(d) Postweld heat treatment for this material is mandatory. The postweld heat treatment shall be performed
at 1,400°F to 1,500°F (760°C to 815°C) for a minimum
of 4 hr for thickness up to 2 in. (50 mm), plus an additional 1 hr per additional inch (25 mm) of thickness. If
a longitudinal weld seam is required in the construction
of a component, a weld strength reduction factor of 0.70
shall apply in accordance with rules in para. 102.4.7
and Table 102.4.7 for applications at temperatures above
1,112°F (600°C).
(e) After cold forming to strains in excess of 5%; after
any swages, upsets, or flares; or after any hot forming
of this material, the component shall be heat treated in
accordance with the requirements specified in (a) above.
No local solution annealing may be performed. The
entire affected component or part that includes the coldstrained area and transition to unstrained material must
be included in both heat treatments. Forming strains
shall be calculated as listed in ASME B31.1–2012,
C-11
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 CASES
Table 4 Maximum Allowable Stress Values
(U.S. Customary Units)
Table 4M Maximum Allowable Stress Values
(Metric Units)
For Metal Temperature
Not Exceeding, °F
Stress Values, ksi [Note (1)]
−20 to 100
200
300
400
500
600
42.9
42.9
42.9
42.6
41.1
40.3
650
700
750
800
850
900
40.1
40.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
40.0
950
1,000
1,050
1,100
1,150
1,200
40.0
40.0
40.0
39.8
39.1
33.1
1,250
1,300
1,350
1,400
1,450
1,500
26.2
20.2
15.1
10.7
6.9
3.2 [Note (2)]
NOTES:
(1) Stress values shown in italics are obtained from timedependent properties.
(2) The maximum use temperature shall be 1,472°F. Datum for
1,500°F temperature is provided for interpolation purposes.
For Metal Temperature
Not Exceeding, °C
Stress Values, MPa
[Note (1)]
−30 to 40
65
100
150
200
295
295
295
295
294
250
300
325
350
375
285
279
277
276
276
400
425
450
475
500
276
276
276
276
276
525
550
575
600
625
650
276
276
276
274
269
226
675
700
725
750
775
800
183
146
113
84.1
59.1
34.5
para. 129.3.4.1. When forming strains cannot be calculated as noted above, the manufacturer shall have the
responsibility to determine the maximum forming
strain.
(f) The maximum use temperature is 1,472°F (800°C).
(g) The temperature-dependent parameter, y, as noted
in Table 104.1.2(A) shall be as follows:
(1) 1,150°F (621°C) and below: 0.4
(2) 1,200°F (649°C): 0.5
(3) above 1,200°F (649°C): 0.7
(h) External pressure design is prohibited.
(i) This Case number shall appear in the marking and
certification for the material and on the Manufacturer’s
Data Report.
C-12
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NOTE:
(1) Stress values shown in italics are obtained from timedependent properties.
ASME B31.1 CASES
B31 CASE 192
Cu–13Zn–1.1Ni–Si–Al Alloy Seamless Pipe and Tubing Use in ASME B31.1
Inquiry: May precipitation-hardened Cu–13Zn–
1.1Ni–Si–Al alloy (UNS No. C69100) seamless pipe and
tubing conforming to the requirements of ASTM B706-00
(reapproved 2011) be used for nonwelded construction
under the rules of ASME B31.1?
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee that
precipitation-hardened Cu–13Zn–1.1Ni–Si–Al alloy
(UNS No. C69100) seamless pipe and tubing conforming
to the requirements of ASTM B706-00 may be used for
nonwelded construction under the rules of ASME B31.1,
provided the following additional requirements are met:
(a) The tubing shall be in the precipitation-hardened
condition; temper TF00 in B706.
(b) The maximum allowable stress values for the
material shall be those given in Table 1. The maximum
design temperature shall be 400°F (204°C).
(c) This Case number shall be referenced in the documentation and marking of the material and shown on
the Manufacturer’s Data Report.
Table 1 Maximum Allowable Stress Values
For Metal
Temperature
Not Exceeding,
°F
Stress,
ksi
For Metal
Temperature
Not Exceeding,
°C
Stress,
MPa
100
150
200
250
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
40
65
100
125
120
120
120
120
300
350
400
...
17.4
17.4
17.4
...
150
175
200
225 [Note (1)]
120
120
120
119
NOTE:
(1) The maximum use temperature for this alloy is 400°F (204°C).
The value listed at 225°C is provided for interpolation purposes only.
C-13
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Approval Date: October 2, 2013
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
C-14
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 46
ASME B31.1
INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 46
Replies to Technical Inquiries
January 1, 2010 Through December 31, 2011
FOREWORD
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies either to the latest Edition at the time of issuance
of the interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the
Code may have superseded the reply.
The replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of
the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised
reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where
an interpretation is corrected by errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further,
persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,”
“certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
I-1
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 46
B31.1
Subject
Interpretation
Design Factors Used in Eq. 104.1.2-3 (B31.1-2007) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nonmandatory Appendix II (B31.1-2007 With 2008 and 2009 Addenda),
Para. II-2.3.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 136.4.1 (B31.1-2007), NDE After PWHT for P-Nos. 3, 4, 5A, 5B, and
15E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 136.4.1 and Table 136.4 (B31.1-2007 and 2008 Addenda), Mandatory
Minimum Nondestructive Examinations for Pressure Welds or Welds
to Pressure-Retaining Components, Note (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 136.4.6 (B31.1-2007 With 2008 and 2009 Addenda) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Postweld Heat Treatment (B31.1-2007) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 102.4.5 (B31.1-2007) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46-7
10-1631
46-3
10-1097
46-5
10-1327
46-2
46-6
46-1
46-4
Table 136.4 (B31.1-2007) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46-8
10-732
10-709
09-2010
10-1098,
10-1921
10-1630
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
I-2
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
File No.
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 46
Interpretation: 46-1
Subject: Postweld Heat Treatment (B31.1-2007)
Date Issued: February 16, 2010
File: 09-2010
Question (1): Per Table 132, Postweld Heat Treatment, for P-No. 1 materials, Note (a)(1), does
a circumferential butt weld on P-No. 1 pipe with a nominal thickness of 0.750 in. require postweld
heat treatment?
Reply (1): No.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Question (2): Per Table 132, for P-No. 1 materials, Note (a)(2), does a circumferential butt weld
on P-No. 1 pipe with a nominal thickness of 0.750 in. that was preheated to 200°F require postweld
heat treatment?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Per Table 132, for P-No. 1 materials, Note (a)(2), does a circumferential butt weld
on P-No. 1 pipe that has a nominal thickness that is between 0.751 in. and 1 in. require preheating
to more than 50°F?
Reply (3): No.
Question (4): Per para. 132.4.1(A), does a weld on a P-No. 1 pipe with a nominal thickness of
0.750 in. require postweld heat treatment?
Reply (4): Paragraph 132.4.1(A) is part of the definition of nominal thickness and does not
establish PWHT requirements. Refer to Table 132 and Question (1) above.
Interpretation: 46-2
Subject: Para. 136.4.1 and Table 136.4 (B31.1-2007 and 2008 Addenda), Mandatory Minimum
Nondestructive Examinations for Pressure Welds or Welds to Pressure-Retaining Components,
Note (4)
Date Issued: May 25, 2010
File: 10-732
Question: Per para. 136.4.1 and Table 136.4, Note (4), does the Code require that PWHT be
performed before any in-progress MT or PT examinations on welded branch connections at the
one-half weld thickness point or every 1⁄2 in. of weld thickness for P-No. 3, 4, 5A, 5B, and 15E
materials?
Reply: No; the PWHT is only required when the weld has been completed and prior to the
final examination on all accessible surfaces for these materials.
I-3
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 46
Interpretation: 46-3
Subject: Nonmandatory Appendix II (B31.1-2007 With 2008 and 2009 Addenda), Para. II-2.3.2
Date Issued: August 16, 2010
Question: This is in the context of Nonmandatory Appendix II, Rules for the Design of Safety
Valve Installations. For “closed discharge systems,” when the vent pipe is hard piped/welded
to the safety valve, is the designer to compute the unbalanced forces that act on the piping
system, including the horizontal discharge force at the first elbow, and perform appropriate
evaluation of their effects?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 46-4
Subject: Table 102.4.5 (B31.1-2007)
Date Issued: August 17, 2010
File: 10-1098, 10-1921
Question (1): Does Table 102.4.5 within ASME B31.1-2007 edition apply to all types of bending,
such as induction, furnace, or cold bending, as a recommended thickness?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Can a fabricator use straight pipe that is thinner than recommended in Table 102.4.5
if the completed bend meets all of the requirements of ASME B31.1-2007 edition?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): Per para. 129.1 of ASME B31.1-2007 edition, can a fabricator apply bending radii
of 2DR or 1.5DR, if design requirements of para. 102.4.5 in regard to minimum wall thickness
are met?
Reply (3): Yes.
Interpretation: 46-5
Subject: Para. 136.4.1 (B31.1-2007), NDE After PWHT for P-Nos. 3, 4, 5A, 5B, and 15E
Date Issued: September 7, 2010
File: 10-1327
Question: Per para. 136.4.1, Nondestructive Examination, for P-No. 15E materials, if a spool
piece containing multiple welds undergoes a furnace PWHT and nondestructive examination
per para. 136.4.1, and one of the welds on the spool piece requires repair and subsequent furnace
PWHT, are all of the welds on the spool piece required to undergo additional nondestructive
examination after PWHT?
Reply: No.
I-4
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
File: 10-1097
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 46
Interpretation: 46-6
Subject: Para. 136.4.6 (B31.1-2007 With 2008 and 2009 Addenda)
Date Issued: December 8, 2010
File: 10-709
Question (1): Are flaws found by an ultrasonic examination that is required by the Code as a
result of the imposition of Code requirements by the owner or regulatory agency subject to the
acceptance criteria of para. 136.4.6?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Flaws are found by an ultrasonic examination that is required by the Code as a
result of the imposition of Code requirements by the owner. May a designer capable of doing a
more rigorous analysis, and where the validity of the analysis has been demonstrated to the
satisfaction of the owner, accept flaws based on that analysis even if those flaws do not meet
the applicable acceptance criteria of the Code?
Reply (2): Yes. See also Interpretations 7-2 and 37-2.
Interpretation: 46-7
Subject: Design Factors Used in Eq. 104.1.2-3 (B31.1-2007)
Date Issued: August 16, 2011
Question: If a cast fitting is to be welded to a forged fitting, should each design factor be
applied to only the component for which the application was intended?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 46-8
Subject: Table 136.4 (B31.1-2007)
Date Issued: October 17, 2011
File: 10-1630
Question: In accordance with the requirements of Table 136.4 of ASME B31.1-2007 edition, does
a 6 in. NPS butt weld in a piping system with a design temperature between 350°F and 750°F,
inclusive, and with a design pressure over 1,025 psig require radiographic examination in addition
to the required visual examination called for in Table 136.4 if the wall thicknesses of the two
abutting ends of the components to be welded after weld end preparation are 3⁄4 in. or less and
the completed weld is 3⁄4 in. or less?
Reply: No.
I-5
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
File: 10-1631
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
I-6
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 45
ASME B31.1
INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 45
Replies to Technical Inquiries
January 1, 2009 Through December 31, 2009
FOREWORD
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies either to the latest Edition at the time of issuance
of the interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the
Code may have superseded the reply.
The replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of
the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised
reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where
an interpretation is corrected by errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further,
persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,”
“certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I-1
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 45
B31.1
Subject
Interpretation
Definition of Sustained Pressure, Minimum Wall Thickness Calculation. . . . . . . .
Para. 101.7.2, Expansion Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 104.8.1, Pipe Nominal Wall Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 122.3.2(b), Instrument Piping Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 131.6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 121.5, General Note (c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 136.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45-2
45-1
45-4
45-3
45-6
45-7
45-5
I-2
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
File No.
06-1432
07-1440
08-1793
08-672
09-818
09-971
08-1755
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 45
Interpretation: 45-1
Subject: B31.1-2007, Para 101.7.2, Expansion Joints
Date Issued: January 27, 2009
File: 07-1440
Question: Since para. 101.7.2 excludes bellows, slip, or sleeve type expansion joints from use
in any piping system connecting the boiler and the first stop valve, are other types of expansion
joints excluded?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 45-2
Subject: B31.1-2004, Definition of Sustained Pressure, Minimum Wall Thickness Calculation
Date Issued: February 6, 2009
File: 06-1432
Question (1): Is “maximum sustained pressure” referenced in para. 122.13 referring to the
“maximum sustained operating pressure” exerted by the pump as described in para. 101.2.2?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): When determining the value of P to be used in the minimum wall thickness
equations of para. 104.1.2, is it acceptable for the designer to take into account automated protection
devices, such as safety/relief valves, to reduce the piping design pressure?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 45-3
Subject: B31.1-2007, Para. 122.3.2(B), Instrument Piping Valves
Date Issued: April 13, 2009
File: 08-672
Question: Is it the requirement of para. 122.3.2(B.2.2) of the 2007 Edition of ASME B31.1, when
blowdown valves are used, that the rating of the valves at the instrument be equal to 1.5 times
the design pressure of the piping system at 100°F and need not exceed the rating of the blowdown
valves?
Reply: Yes.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I-3
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 45
Interpretation: 45-4
Subject: Para. 104.8.1, Pipe Nominal Wall Thickness
Date Issued: May 26, 2009
File: 08-1793
Question: Should the pipe nominal wall thickness without deduction for mechanical, corrosion,
and erosion allowance be used for the calculation of the section modulus to determine the
longitudinal stress due to weight and other sustained mechanical loads in para. 104.8.1, eq. (11)?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 45-5
Subject: Table 136.4
Date Issued: July 1, 2009
File: 08-1755
Question (1): When the requirements of General Note (a) of Table 136.4 have been met, is 100%
RT or UT required for all butt welds greater than NPS 2 with design temperatures over 750°F?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): When the requirements of General Note (a) of Table 136.4 have been met, is 100%
RT or UT required for all butt welds greater than NPS 2 and thickness over 3⁄4 in. with design
temperatures between 350°F and 750°F and pressures in excess of 1,025 psig?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 45-6
Subject: B31.1-2004 Edition, Para. 131.6
File: 09-818
Question (1): Piping of material belonging to P-No. 3, 4, 5A, 5B, or 6 is tack welded using a
qualified WPS. The tack welds are made using bridge tacks that will be slow cooled, removed,
and the area examined for cracks prior to welding the joint. Per B31.1-2004 Edition, para. 131.6.1,
does this tack weld constitute the commencement of welding that would then require the preheat
to be maintained until the requirements of para. 131.6.1(A) or para. 131.6.1(C) are met?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Welding has been completed on piping of material belonging to P-No. 5B and
has been allowed to cool to 200°F or lower to achieve a fully martensitic microstructure just prior
to performing the required PWHT. Per B31.1-2004 Edition, para. 131.6.1, does the weld described
in the background constitute an interruption of welding?
Reply (2): No.
I-4
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Date Issued: September 17, 2009
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 45
Interpretation: 45-7
Subject: Table 121.5, General Note (c)
Date Issued: November 30, 2009
File: 09-971
Question: Is the suggested pipe support spacing table based on stress not exceeding 2,300 psi
(15.86 MPa) with a sag of no greater than 0.1 in. (2.5 mm) between supports?
Reply: Yes.
I-5
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 44
ASME B31.1
INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 44
Replies to Technical Inquiries
January 1, 2008 Through December 31, 2008
FOREWORD
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies either to the latest Edition or Addenda at the
time of issuance of the interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent
revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
The replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of
the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised
reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where
an interpretation is corrected by errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further,
persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,”
“certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For the 2007 Edition, interpretations will be issued as necessary up to twice a year until the
publication of the 2010 Edition.
The page numbers for the Interpretation supplements included with updates to the 2007 Edition
start with I-1 and will continue consecutively through the last update to this Edition.
I-9
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 44
B31.1
Subject
Interpretation
Frame Type Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 102.2.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 102.3, Allowable Stresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 132, Postweld Heat Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 136.4, Mandatory Nondestructive Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
44-1
43-7
44-3
44-2
44-4
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
I-10
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
File No.
04-1467
06-599
07-753
08-26
08-1062
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 44
Interpretation: 43-7
Subject: B31.1-2004, Para. 102.2.4
Date Issued: March 28, 2007
Question: Do the allowances stated in para. 102.2.4 of the B31.1 Code, 2004 Edition, apply to
a system (such as a vent of fire suppression system) that is at atmospheric pressure (0 psig) most
of the time and yet is manufactured for the purpose of being pressurized for short periods of time?
Reply: No.
Note: This interpretation was inadvertently omitted from Vol. 43 of the interpretations.
Interpretation: 44-1
Subject: B31.1-2007, Frame Type Support
Date Issued: January 23, 2008
File: 04-1467
Question (1): Does para. 130.2 apply to “frame type” pipe supports? In other words, shall the
“frame type” pipe support be welded in accordance with the requirements of para. 127 and the
welders and welding procedure be qualified in accordance with the requirements of ASME
Section IX?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): If the answer to Question (1) is yes, are “frame type” pipe supports considered
as supplementary steel as defined in para. 120.2.4?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): May the welding requirements of ASME Section IX apply to the supplementary steel?
Reply (3): Yes.
Interpretation: 44-2
Subject: B31.1-2004 With Addenda Through 2006, Table 132, Postweld Heat Treatment
Date Issued: March 10, 2008
File: 08-26
Question: In Table 132, for P-No. 4 material, is the condition (d) for an exemption from
mandatory PWHT met if the throat thickness of the weld is less than or equal to 1⁄2 in. and the
pipe meets the requirements of conditions (d)(2) and (d)(3) but the fitting or flange does not?
Reply: Yes.
I-11
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
File: 06-599
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 44
Interpretation: 44-3
Subject: Paragraph 102.3, Allowable Stresses
Date Issued: May 1, 2008
File: 07-753
Question: May the allowable stresses published in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
Section II, Part D be used for materials for which allowable stresses are listed in B31.1 Appendix A?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 44-4
Subject: Table 136.4, Mandatory Nondestructive Examinations
Date Issued: November 17, 2008
File: 08-1062
Question: May mandatory nondestructive examinations per Table 136.4 be exempted if the
joint design is impractical to examine using the required examination techniques?
Reply: No.
I-12
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1
INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 43
Replies to Technical Inquiries
January 1, 2007 Through December 31, 2007
FOREWORD
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies either to the latest Edition or Addenda at the
time of issuance of the interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent
revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
The replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of
the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised
reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where
an interpretation is corrected by errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further,
persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,”
“certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For the 2007 Edition, interpretations will be issued as necessary up to twice a year until the
publication of the 2010 Edition.
The page numbers for the Interpretation supplements included with updates to the 2007 Edition
start with I-1 and will continue consecutively through the last update to this Edition.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
I-5
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 43
B31.1
Subject
Interpretation
Applicability of B31.1 for Piping in a Gas-Cooled Nuclear Power Plant . . . . . . . .
Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 104.8.2, Stress Due to Occasional Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 136, Visual Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 137.4, Hydrostatic Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Use of Other Code for Nonboiler External Piping Design, Fabrication, and
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43-3
43-5
43-4
43-6
43-2
06-1173
03-744
05-1275
07-752
06-1144
43-1
03-670
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I-6
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
File No.
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 43
Interpretation: 43-1
Subject: B31.1-2001, Use of Other Code for Nonboiler External Piping Design, Fabrication, and
Inspection
Date Issued: January 10, 2007
File: 03-670
Question: Does the B31.1 Code allow the design, fabrication, and inspection of nonboiler
external piping to a different Code Section, such as B31.3?
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply: Yes. The Introduction to the B31.1 Code states “It is the owner’s responsibility to select
the B31 Code Section which most nearly applies to a proposed piping installation. Factors to be
considered by the owner include: limitations of the Code Section, jurisdictional requirements,
and the applicability of other codes and standards. All applicable requirements of the selected
Code Section shall be met. For some installations, more than one Code Section may apply
to different parts of the installation. The owner is also responsible for imposing requirements
supplementary to those of the selected Code Section, if necessary, to assure safe piping for the
proposed installation.”
Interpretation: 43-2
Subject: B31.1-1995, Para. 137.4, Hydrostatic Testing
Date Issued: February 14, 2007
File: 06-1144
Question (1): Does B31.1 require a piping system to be completely filled with water or other
acceptable test medium prior to hydrostatic testing?
Reply (1): Yes, to the extent possible using high point vents or other venting methods per para.
137.4.2.
Question (2): Does B31.1 have any requirements or limits regarding the addition of test medium
during the hydrostatic test pressurization?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 43-3
Subject: Applicability of B31.1 for Piping in a Gas-Cooled Nuclear Power Plant
Date Issued: February 14, 2007
File: 06-1173
Question: With consideration of “limitations of the Code Section, jurisdictional requirements,
and the applicability of other codes and standards,” does B31.1 prohibit the owner from selecting
B31.1 as the applicable Code Section for design and construction of primary heat transfer piping
in a gas-cooled nuclear power plant?
Reply: No. Refer to the Introduction for additional information.
I-7
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 43
Interpretation: 43-4
Subject: B31.1-2004, Para. 104.8.2, Stress Due to Occasional Loads
Date Issued: May 3, 2007
File: 05-1275
Question: In accordance with the Code para. 101.1, when a piping system operates at multiple
sets of coincident operating temperatures and pressures, and the system may at random be loaded
with an occasional load as defined in para. 102.3.3, may the maximum allowable stress used in
para. 104.8.2 equations (12A) and (12B) be based on the corresponding temperature for each set
of loading conditions that could occur?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 43-5
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Subject: B31.1-2004, Owner
Date Issued: June 11, 2007
File: 03-744
Question: Does the ASME B31.1-2004 Edition define the term “owner”?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 43-6
Subject: B31.1-2004, Para. 136, Visual Examination
Date Issued: October 4, 2007
File: 07-752
Question (1): Is it required that flaws which are found using nonrequired radiography, but
which could have been found during visual observation of an incomplete weld, meet the acceptance criteria of para. 136.4.2(A)?
Reply (1): No; the acceptance standards given in para. 136.4.2(A) only apply to completed
welds.
Question (2): Is it required that flaws found during radiography, which is not required, meet
the acceptance criteria of para. 136.4.5(A)?
Reply (2): The acceptance criteria for nonrequired examinations are not given by the Code.
See Interpretation 37-2 of B31.1.
I-8
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1
INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 42
Replies to Technical Inquiries
January 1, 2006 Through December 31, 2006
FOREWORD
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies either to the latest Edition or Addenda at the
time of issuance of the interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent
revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
The replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of
the interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised
reply bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where
an interpretation is corrected by errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further,
persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,”
“certify,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
For the 2007 Edition, interpretations will be issued as necessary up to twice a year until the
publication of the 2010 Edition.
The page numbers for the Interpretation supplements included with updates to the 2007 Edition
start with I-1 and will continue consecutively through the last update to this Edition.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I-1
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 42
B31.1
Subject
Interpretation
Circulating Water Piping (Sea Water). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 119.6.3, Poisson’s Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 122.1.4, Blowoff and Blowdown Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42-1
42-3
42-2
I-2
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
File No.
05-155
06-1037
05-132
ASME B31.1 INTERPRETATIONS VOLUME 42
Interpretation: 42-1
Subject: B31.1-2004, Circulating Water Piping (Sea Water)
Date Issued: March 23, 2006
File: 05-155
Question: Is the ASME B31.1-2004 Power Piping Edition applicable for a large diameter, circulating water system associated with a steam turbine/condenser?
Reply: Yes, the B31.1-2004 Edition is applicable to the engineering, design, and installation of
circulating water systems, regardless of pipe size, with the following stipulations:
(a) B31.1 is selected by the Owner as the Code applicable to the installation of the proposed
system. Refer to the Code Introduction for additional information.
(b) Product standards or specifications covering the piping materials (e.g., AWWA, ASTM)
shall be referenced in Table 126.1 or elsewhere in this Code. Materials not listed shall comply
with the requirements of para. 123.1.2. The Owner may impose supplementary requirements, if
necessary, to assure safe piping for the proposed installation.
Interpretation: 42-2
Subject: Paragraph 122.1.4, Blowoff and Blowdown Piping
Date Issued: May 25, 2006
File: 05-132
Question: In determining the blowoff piping materials for miniature electric steam boilers per
para. 122.1.4(A.3), shall the value of P exceed the maximum allowable working pressure of the
boiler by 25% per para. 122.1.4(A.1)?
Reply: The Code does not differentiate between the material requirements for blowoff piping
materials for miniature electric boilers.
Interpretation: 42-3
Subject: B31.1-2004, Para. 119.6.3, Poisson’s Ratio
Date Issued: November 28, 2006
File: 06-1037
Question: ASME B31.1-2004 Edition, 2005 Addenda, para. 119.6.3 states that Poisson’s ratio
required for flexibility analysis shall be taken as 0.3 for all materials and temperatures. In accordance with ASME B31.1, can more accurate values of Poisson’s ratio be used?
Reply: Yes; please refer to the Foreword of the Code.
I-3
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
I-4
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 31
Replies to Technical Inquiries
July 1,1997, Through December 31,1997
It has been agreed to publish intepretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1 as part
of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been asssigned numbers in chronological
order. Each interpretation applies either to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance of
the interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the Code may
have superseded the reply.
The replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and editorial
corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the interpretation
revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing the original
interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where an interpretation is corrected
by Errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information
is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by
an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the
Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certify,” “rate,” or “endorse”
any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
Interpretations Nos. 2 through 7 were included with the update service to the 1983 Edition and
Interpretations Nos. 8 through 13 were included with the update service to the 1986 Edition. Interpretations
Nos. 14 through i 9 were included with the update service to the 1989 Edition. Interpretations Nos.
20 through 25 were included with the update service to the 1992 Edition. Interpretations Nos. 26
through 30 were included with the update service to the 1995 Edition. For the 1998 Edition, interpretations
will be issued as necessary up to twice a year until the publication of the 2001 Edition.
249
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B31.1
Interpretation
File No.
104.3.3(C),Miter Bends for Low Pressure Steam Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
l32.4.1(A) and Table 132, Postweld Heat Treatment.. . . . . . . , . , . . . , . . . . . , . . . . . . . .
31-1
31-2
8 3 1-96-028
B3 1-96-062
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Subject
25 I
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
S T D a A S M E B 3 L - I I I N T N O - 3L-ENGL
B31.1
Interpretations
I0759b70 Ob04669 127 I
No. 31
31-1, 31-2
Interpretation: 3 1-1
Subject: B3 I . 1, Para. I 04.3.3 (C), Miter Bends for Low Pressure Steam Pipe
Date Issued: July 15, 1997
File: B3 1-96-028
Question (1): Does ASME 831.1 permit the use of miter joints for steam services?
Reply (1): Yes, provided the niles of paras. 104.3.3(C) and 104.7 are met.
Question (2): May an alternative Code be used for this application?
Reply (2): When no Section of the ASME Code for Pressure Piping, specifically covers a pipng system,
at his discretion the Owner may apply other code(s) (e.g., ASME B31.3). However, it is cautioned that
supplementary requirements to the ASME B31 sections chosen may be necessary to provide a safe piping
system for the intended application.
Interpretation: 31-2
Subject: B3 1.1, Para. 132.4.1(A)and Table 132, Postweld Heat Treatment
Date Issued: July 15, 1997
File: B3 1-96-062
Question: May para. 132.4.1 be used to determine the “nominal material thickness” in Table 132?
253
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply: No. The nominal material thickness is the nominal thickness of the thicker of the materials being
joined at the weld. Paragraph 132.4.1 is used for the determination of a thickness which may allow the
exemption of PWHT for P-Nos. 1 and 3 materials only.
S T D * A S M E E I L - L I N T NO. 30-ENGL
0759b70 0 5 8 9 6 5 4 bT9
ASME B31.1
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 30
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Replies to Technical Inquiries
January 1, 1997, Through June 30, 1997
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1 as
part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological order. Each interpretation applies either to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance
of the interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the Code
may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not a part of the Code or the Addenda.
The replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply
bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where an
interpretation is corrected by Errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons
aggreived by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As
stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certify,” “rate,”
or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
Interpretations Nos. 2 through 7 were included with the update service to the 1983 Edition and
Interpretations Nos. 8 through 13 were included with the update service to the 1986 Edition. Interpretations Nos. 14 through 19 were included with the update service to the 1989 Edition. Interpretations
Nos. 20 through 25 were included with the update service to the 1992 Edition. For the 1995 Edition,
interpretations will be issued as necessary up to twice a year until the publication of the 1998 Edition.
243
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
S T D m A S M E B3L.L
I N T NO. 30-ENGL
0757670 05ô7b55 535
=
B31.1
Interpretation
30-2
30-3
30-4
30-1
File No.
B3 1-96-023
B3 1-96-026
B31-96-027
B3 1-95-023
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Subject
100.1.2(A),Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
105.3, Nonmetallic Pipe and Appendix III, Nonmandatory Rules for Nonmetallic Piping . . . .
i 37.4.4, Check of Test Equipment Before Applying Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table A-3, Allowable Stress Values for A240 316 Material.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
245
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
S T D - A S I E B 3 L - L I N T NO.
30-ENGL
m
0 7 5 9 6 7 0 05896.56 471
m
30-1,30-2
831.1 Interpretations No. 30
Interpretation: 30-1
Subject:
B31.1, Table A-3, Allowable Stress Values for A240 316 Material
Date Issued:
April 1, 1997
File:
B3 1-95-023
Question (1): Do the rules of ASME B31.1 permit use of the allowable stresses listed in Table A-3
for ASTM A240 316 material at temperatures above 1000°F when the carbon content of the material
is less than 0.04%?
Reply (1): No. Refer to Table A-3, Note (10).
Question (2): Do the rules of ASME B31.1 permit the allowable stress values for ASTM A240
316L listed in ASME B31.3 to be used for ASTM A240 316 material with carbon content less than
O. 04%?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Do the rules of ASME B31.1 permit the use of ASTM A240 316 material with
carbon content less than 0.04% for piping in air service at 6 psig and 1200"F?
Reply (3): No.
Interpretation: 30-2
Subject:
B31.1, Para. 100.1.2(A), Scope
Date Issued:
April 1, 1997
File:
B3 1-96-023
Question (1): Are pressure vessels fabricated and stamped in conformance with Para. U-l(h) of
ASME Section VIII, Division 1, included in Para. 100.1.2(A) and related figures?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Is boiler external piping as defined in Para. 100.1.2(A)and related figures required
for pressure vessels fabricated and stamped in conformance with Para. U-l(h) of ASME Section VIII,
Division I?
Reply (2): No.
247
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
~
S T D - A S M E 831.1 I N T NO- 30-ENGL
m
0759b70 05Bqb57 308
30-3,304
m
831.1 Interpretations
No. 3 0
Interpretation: 30-3
Subject:
B31.1, Para. 105.3, Nonmetallic Pipe and Appendix III, Nonmandatory Rules for
Nonmetallic Piping
Date Issued:
April 1, 1997
File:
B3 1-96-026
Question (1): Under Para. 105.3, is it permissible to use nonmetallic piping for compressed air
service?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Under Appendix III, is it permissible to use nonmetallic piping for compressed air
service?
Reply (2): Appendix III is not applicable to air service (see Para. 111-1.2.2).
Interpretation: 30-4
Subject:
B3 1.1, Para. 137.4.4, Check of Test Equipment Before Applying Pressure
Date Issued:
April 1, 1997
File:
B3 1-96-027
Question (1): Is it required that the testing pressure pump and the supply line to the testing
pressure pump be disconnected or isolated from the piping system that is under test during the test
duration?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Is operation of the testing pressure pump during the test period to maintain test
pressure allowed?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): Is the pressure relief valve required to be located on the system under test or on the
testing pressure pump?
Reply (3): The Code does not specify the location of the pressure relief valve during a hydrostatic
test.
248
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1
Interpretations No. 29
Cases No. 23
Date of Issuance: September 30, 1997
Copyright @ 1997
THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
345 East 47th Street, N e w York, N.Y. 10017
All Rights Reserved
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
This update contains Interpretations No. 29 and Cases No. 23.
ASME B31.1
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 29
Replies to Technical Inquiries
July 1, 1996, Through December 31, 1996
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B3 1 Committee concerning B3 1.1 as part
of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronologicalorder.
Each interpretation applies either to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance of the
interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have
superseded the reply. These interpretations are not a part of the Code or the Addenda.
The replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and editorial
corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the interpretation
revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing the original
interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where an interpretation is corrected
by Errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is availablewhich the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggreived
by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the
Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not ?approve,? ?certify,? ?rate,? or ?endorse?
any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
Interpretations Nos. 2 through 7 were included with the update service to the 1983 Edition and
Interpretations Nos. 8 through 13 were included with the update service to the 1986 Edition. Interpretations Nos. 14 through 19 were included with the update service to the 1989 Edition. Interpretations Nos.
20 through 25 were included with the update service to the 1992 Edition. For the 1995 Edition,
interpretations will be issued as necessary up to twice a year until the publication of the 1998 Edition.
235
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
S T D - A S M E B 3 1 . 1 I N T N O - 2 9 - E N G L 1777
=
0757b70 0 5 8 4 1 7 2 553
=
B31.1
Interpretation
29-1
29-5
29-2
29-3
29-4
File No.
B31-95-019
B3 1-96-03 1
B3 1-96-002
B3 1-96-029
B3 1-96-030
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Subject
100.2, 101.2, 102.2.4, 104, and 104.7.2 ................................................
122.I.7(C.l) and (C.2), Valves and Fittings ............................................
127.4.5, 1989 Edition With 1991 Addenda,
Seal Welding Threaded Joints .....................................................
127.5.3@), Welder Performance Qualification ..........................................
137.7, Initial Service Testing ........................................................
237
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B 3 1.1 Interpretations No. 29
29-1
Interpretation: 29-1
Subject:
B31.1, Paras. 100.2, 101.2,102.2.4,104,and 104.7.2
Date Issued:
July 26, 1996
File:
B3 1-95-019
Question (1): Does the B31.1 definition for Engineering Design include the Internal Design Pressure
and allowances for corrosion?
Reply (i): Yes.
Question (2): Does B3 1.1 require that Engineering Design establish the internal design pressure
prior to the maximum sustained operating pressure (MSOP)?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Does B31.1 require that Engineering Design establish the Internal Design Pressure
of a piping system prior to the calculations for minimum wall thickness, branch connections, and the
required reinforcement required for fabrication of branch connections, with or without added reinforcement?
Reply (3): Yes.
Question (4): Does B3 1.1 allow for an additional:
(a) 15% or
(b) 20%,
depending on the duration of the event, to be added to the applicable SE value of Appendix A, Table
A-1 for the calculations effecting the minimum wail thickness (Para. 104.1.2)?
Reply (4): Yes, but for variations from normal operation only. Also, see Para. 101.1.
Question (5): When a piping system has been designed, fabricated, and installed without prior
establishment of the piping system’s internal design pressure, all allowances and tolerances, or pressure
design of piping components (branch connections), does B3 1.1 allow the use of (A) or (B)of Para. 104.7.2
to verify acceptability of design?
Reply (5): No. Paragraph 104.7.2 is for the establishment of a component rating prior to its
selection as a system component.
239
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
83 1.1 Interpretations No. 29
29-2, 29-3,2 9 4
Interpretation: 29-2
Subject:
B31.1-1989 Edition With 1991 Addenda, Para. 127.4.5,Seal Welding Threaded
Joints
Date Issued:
July 26, 1996
File:
B3 1-96-02
Question: May a fillet weld be used as a seal weld between a threaded pipe and a fitting to satisfy
the requirements of Para. 127.4.5?
Reply: Yes,provided the exposed threads of the pipe are incorporated into the weld.
Interpretation: 29-3
Subject:
B31.1,Para. 127.5.3(B), Welder Performance Qualification
Date Issued:
November 14, 1996
File:
B3 1-96-029
Question: Under the provisions of Para. 127.5.3@), is it acceptable for a future employer to accept
a welder performance qualification previously conducted by a trade union?
Reply: No. Paragraph 127.5.3(B) requires the original qualification to be done by an “employer.”
See Para. 127.5.2.
Interpretation: 2 9 4
Subject:
B31.1, Para. 137.7, Initial Service Testing
Date Issued:
November 14, 1996
File:
B3 1-96-030
Question: Is it permitted to perform initial service testing per Para. 137.7 on insulated piping?
Reply: Yes.See Para. 137.2.1.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
240
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
STD.ASME B 3 L . L I N T N O . 29-ENGL 1997
0759b70 0 5 8 4 1 7 5 2 b 2
83 1.1 Interpretations No. 29
29-5
Interpretation:29-5
Subject:
8 3 1.1, Para. 122.1.7(C. 1) and (C.2), Valves and Fittings
Date Issued:
November 14, 1996
File:
B3 1-96-03 1
Question: Do the rules of Para. 122.1.7(C) permit a gate valve to be used as a blowoff valve?
Reply: No. Paragraph 122.1.7(C.1) states, in part, “valves that have dams or pockets where
sediment can collect, shall not be used on blowoff connections.” This requirement precludes the use of
ordinary gate valves for blowoff service.
24 1
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
~
S T D - A S M E B31.L I N T N O . 27-ENGL 1797
B31.1-
= 0757b70
058417b I T 7 W
Cases No. 23
A Case is the official method of handling a reply to an inquiry when study indicates that the Code
wording needs clarification, or when the reply modifies the existing requirements of the Code, or grants
permission to use new materials or alternative constructions.
ASME has agreed to publish Cases issued by the B3 1 Committee concerning B3 1.1 as part of the
update service to B3 1.1.The text of proposed new and revised Cases and reaffirmationsof current Cases
appear in Mechanical Engineering for public review. A notice also appears in Mechanical Engineering
when new and revised Cases are approved. New and revised Cases, as well as announcements of
reaffirmed Cases and annulments, then appear in the next update. All Cases currently in effect at the
time of publication of the 1989 Edition of the Code were included in the update that immediately
followed, Interpretations No. 14 and Cases No.9.As of the 1992 and later Editions, all Cases currently
in effect at the time of publication of an Edition are included with it as an update.
Cases No. 20,which is the update that was included after the last page of the 1995 Edition, contains
the following Cases.
145
146-1
147
151
153
154
157
158
155-1
156
159
160
161
162
163
164
Cases 136-1,148,and 149,which were included in the first update to the 1992 Edition, were allowed
to expire.
The page numbers for the Cases supplements included with updates to the 1995 Edition start with
C-1 and will continue consecutively through the last update to this Edition. The Cases affected by this
Supplement are as follows:
Page
c-43
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Location
Case 168
Change
Added
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(The Cases are not part of ASME B31.1-1995 Edition or its Addenda.)
STDmASME B 3 1 - 1 I N T NO.
29-ENGL
1997
=
~
0 7 5 9 b 7 0 05841177 035 D
CASES OF THE CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - B31
Approval Date: June 1997
This Case shall expire on June 30, 2000, unless previously annulled or reaffirmed
Case 168
Use of Ultrasonic Examination in Lieu of
Radiography for B31.1 Application
Inquiry: Under what conditions and limitations may
an ultrasonic examination be used in lieu of radiography,
when radiography is required in accordance with Table
136.4?
Reply: It is the opinion of this Committee that welds
in pressure piping governed by the ASME B31.1 Code
may be examined using the ultrasonic (UT) method in
lieu of radiography (RT) at any time provided that all
of the following requirements are met.
( a ) The weld is greater than ‘/2 in. in thickness.
(b) The ultrasonic examination is performed using
an ultrasonic system capable of recording the ultrasonic
examination data, including scanning positions, to facilitate the analysis of the scan data by a third party and
the repeatability of subsequent examinations, should
they be required.
(c) Personnel performing and evaluating UT examinations shall be qualified and certified in accordance
with their employer’s written practice. Recommended
Practice SNT-TC-1A, Personnel Qualification and Certification in Nondestmctive Testing, shall be used as a
guideline for employers to establish a written practice
for qualifying and certifying personnel.
( d ) In addition, personnel collecting and analyzing
UT data shall have demonstrated their ability to perform
an acceptable examination using test blocks approved
by the Owner.
(e) Welds that are shown by ultrasonic examination
to have discontinuities which produce an indication
greater than 20% of the reference level shall be investigated to the extent that ultrasonic examination personnel
can determine their shape, identity, and location so that
they may evaluate each discontiniuity for acceptance
in accordance with ( i ) and (2) below.
(I) Discontinuities evaluated as being cracks, lack
of fusion, or incomplete penetration are unacceptable
regardless of length.
(2) Other discontinuities are unacceptable if the
indication exceeds the reference level and their length
exceeds the following:
(a) ‘/4 in. (6.0 mm) for t up to 7 4 in. (19.0 mm)
(b) v3f for I from
in. (19.0 mm) to 2y4 in.
(57.0 mm)
(c)
in. (19.0 mm) for t over 2!L4 in. (57.0 mm)
where r is the thickness of the weld being examined.
If the weld joins two members having different thicknesses at the weld, t is the thinner of these two
thicknesses.
v4
c-43
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 28
Replies to Technical Inquiries
January I, 1996,Through June 30, 1996
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B3 1 Committee concerning B3 1.1 as part
of the update serviceto the Code. The interpretationshave been assigned numbers in chronological order.
Each interpretation applies either to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance of the
interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have
superseded the reply. These interpretationsare not a part of the Code or the Addenda.
The replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and editorial
corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the interpretation
revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing the original
interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where an interpretation is corrected
by Errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is availablewhich the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggreived
by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the
Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certify,” “rate,”, or “endorse”
any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
Interpretations Nos. 2 through 7 were included with the update service to the 1983 Edition and
Interpretations Nos. 8 through 13 were included with the update service to the 1986 Edition. Interpretations Nos. 14 through 19 were included with the update service to the 1989 Edition. Interpretations Nos.
20 through 25 were included with the update service to the 1992 Edition. For the 1995 Edition,
interpretations will be issued as necessary up to twice a year until the publication of the 1998 Edition.
221
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
631.1
Subject
Interpretation
105.2.1(A), Use of SA-312 Welded Pipe and Fittings ...............................
122.1.6 and 122.3, Design Pressure of Instruments ......................................
122.1.7(A.1) and (A.2), 1992 Edition, Steam Stop Valves .........
..............
122.5.1, Pressure Reducing Valves
................................................
122.6.2(A), Discharge Piping from
sure Relieving Safety Devices ......................
122.8.1, 1992 Edition, Materials for Flammable Gases ...................................
131.1, 1986 Edition, Welding Preheat . . . . . . . . .
....................................
28-3
28-6
28-2
28-1
28-4
28-7
28-5
File No.
B3 1-94-044
B3 1-95-008
B3 1-94-005
B 1-93-0
3 1 2
83 1-95-020
B31-94-006
8 3 1-95-021
229
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
S T D - A S M E B3L.L INT N O . 28-ENGL L77b W 0757b70 0578747 3Lb
B3 1.1 Interpretations No. 28
28-1, 28-2
interpretation: 28-1
Subject:
B31.1, Para. 122.5.1, Pressure Reducing Valves
Date Issued:
January 5, 1996
File:
B31-93-012
Question (1): Per ASME B31.1, Paras. 122.5.1 and 122.5.2, when multiple pressure reducing valves
are connected in parallel in one station, is the capacity of the safety valve on the low pressure side
required to be not less than the aggregate flow capacity of all the pressure reducing valves piped in
parallel; thus assuming simultaneous failed open condition of all pressure reducing valves?
Reply (1): The Code does not specifically address situations involving multiple pressure reducing
valves. However, in such cases, the Code requires protection against overpressure.
Question (2): Can a multiple pressure reducing valve station containing different sizes of pressure
reducing valves be protected on the low pressure side by a relief device or devices with capacity equal
to the flow capacity of the largest pressure reducing valve; thus providing over pressure relief from the
failure of one or more PRV in the multiple valve station? In no case is the total steam capacity of the
boiler exceeded. The equipment on the low pressure side is not designed for high side pressure.
Reply (2): The Code does not specifically address situations involving multiple pressure reducing
valves. However, in such cases, the Code requires protection against overpressure.
Interpreta tion: 28-2
Subject:
B31.1-1992 Edition, Para. 122.1.7(A.l) and (A.2). Steam Stop Valves
Date Issued:
January 5, 1996
File:
B31-94-05
Question (1): Per Para. 122.1.7 (A.l), may a valve (larger than NPS 2) with no external position
indication be used as a steam stop valve?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): In Para. 122.1.7 (A.2), does a swing check valve qualify as an automatic nonreturn
valve for this service?
Reply (2): The Code does not define “automatic nonreturn valve’’
23 1
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
S T D * A S M E B3L.L INT N O
2 8- E N G L 199b
0759b70 0578948 2 5 2 D
B3 1.1 Interpretations No. 28
UI-3,28-4,uI-5
Interpretation: 28-3
Subject:
B31.1, Para. 105.2.1(A), Use of SA-312 Welded Pipe and Fittings
Date Issued:
January 5, 1996
File:
B3 1-94-044
Question: Can ASME SA-312 and SA-403 welded pipe and fittings be utilized for flammable or
combustible fluids?
Reply: Yes,but as limited by Paras. 122.7.3 and 122.8.1.
,
Interpretation: 28-4
Subject:
B3 1.1, Para. 122.6.2(A), Discharge Piping from Pressure Relieving Safety Devices
Date Issued:
January 5, 1996
File:
B3 1-95-020
Question: Does the placement of a manual stop valve in pressure relief discharge piping meet the
intent of ANSI B31.1-1967, Para. 122.6.2(A), if the stop valve is verified fully locked-open prior to arid
periodically during service via plant administrative controls?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 28-5
Subject:
B31.1-1986 Edition, Para. 131.1, Welding Preheat
Date Issued:
January 5, 1996
File:
B3 1-95-021
Question (1): Is the mandatory preheat of Para. 131 applicable to all welds made on ASME B31.1
piping, including both temporary and permanent welds?
Reply (1): Yes,see Para. 127.4.10.
Question (2): Is the mandatory preheat of Para. 13 1 applicable to thermal cutting or gouging?
Reply (2): No. However, it may be required per Para. 127.4.11 for certain hardenable alloys.
232
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
S T D O A S M E B 3 L - L INT N O - 28-ENGL L 7 7 b
=
0 7 5 7 b 7 0 0578749 179
=
B3 1.1 Interpretations No. 28
28-6
Interpretation: 28-6
Subject:
B31.1, Paras. 122.1.6 and 122.3, Design Pressure of Instruments
Date Issued:
May 2, 1996
File:
B3 1-95-008
Question (1): For Section I boilers stamped with an MAWP considerably higher than the operating
pressure, is it permissiblefor instrumentation within the scope of boiler external piping to have pressure
ratings lower than the MAWP of the boiler but equal to or greater than. the lowest set safety valve
pressure?
Reply (1): Instruments are excluded from B3 1.1 [see Para. 100.1.3(H)]. Paragraph 1 0 0 . 1 . 1 states
that the requirements for boiler appurtenances shall be in accordance with Section I of the ASME Boiler
and Pressure Vessel Code, Para. PG-60. The P-T rating of instruments which serve a Section I boiler,
but located in B31.1 piping, should be compatible with the design conditions of that piping.
Question (2): For Section I boilers stamped with a MAWP considerably higher than the operating
pressure, is it permissible for instrumentation beyond the scope of the boiler external piping to have
pressure ratings lower than the MAWP of the boiler but equal to or greater than the lowest set safety
valve pressure?
Reply (2): Instruments are excluded from B31.1 [see Para. 100.1.3(H)]. Paragraph 1 0 . 1 . 1 states
that the requirements for boiler appurtenances shall be in accordance with Section I of the ASME Boiler
and Pressure Vessel Code, Para. PG-60. The P-T rating of instruments which serve a Section I boiler,
but located in B31.1 piping, should be compatible with the design conditions of that piping.
233
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
-
~~
S T D - A S M E B 3 L - L I N T N O - 28-ENGL L77b
0 7 5 7 b 7 0 0 5 7 8 7 5 0 900
B31.1 Interpretations No.28
28-7
Interpretation: 28-7
Subject:
€531.1-1992Edition, Para. 122.8.1, Materials for Flammable Gases
Date Issued:
May 2, 1996
File:
B3 1-94-006
Question (1): Does ASME B3 1.1 require the use of only seamless pipe for fuel gas (i.e., natural gas,
manufactured gas) piping?
Reply (1): No, except that furnace butt welded pipe shall not be used per Para. 105.2.1(A).
Question (2): Does ASME B31.1 place any limitation on the pressure and temperature for use of
ASTM A 283, plate rolled and welded for fuel gas piping?
Reply (2): Yes, the use of ASTM A 283 is limited to temperature of 650°F or less by Table A-1.
Design limitations are controlled by Chapter II, Para. 102 Design Criteria. The designer should also take
into consideration joint efficiency of the final pipe product form and wall thickness pursuant to the
requirements of Paras. 103 and 104.
Reply (3): No.
Question (4): Does ASME B3 1.1 apply to fuel gas piping for flare stacks, both cold flare and with
pilot flare, including the flare stacks?
Reply (4): Yes, unless excluded by Para. 100.1.3.
234
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Question (3): Does ASME B3 1.1 recommend any specificnonmandatory testing for fuel gas piping?
ASME B 3 2 . 2 I N T W 2 7 7 6
O757670 0574358 047
ASME B31.1
Interpretations No. 27
Date of Issuance: September 30, 1996
This update contains only Interpretations No. 27; there are no cases included.
Copyright @ 1996
THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
345 East 47th Street, New York, N.Y. 1001 7
All Rights Reserved
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
~
ASME B3L.l
~~
INT*(<27 96
0759670 0574359 T A 3
ASME B31.1
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 27
Replies to Technical Inquiries
July 1, 1995, Through December 31, 1995
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1 as part
of the update serviceto the Code. The interpretationshave been assigned numbers in chronological order.
Each interpretation applies either to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance of the
interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the code may have
superseded the reply. These interpretations are not a part of the Code or the Addenda.
The replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and editorial
corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the interpretation
revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing the original
interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where an interpretation is corrected
by Errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is availablewhich the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggreived
by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the
Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certify,” “rate,”, or “endorse”
any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
Interpretations Nos. 2 through 7 were included with the update service to the 1983 Edition and
Interpretations Nos. 8 through 13 were included with the update service to the 1986 Edition. Interpretations Nos. 14 through 19 were included with the update service to the 1989 Edition. Interpretations Nos.
20 through 25 were included with the update service to the 1992 Edition. For the 1995 Edition,
interpretations will be issued as necessary up to twice a year until the publication of the 1998 Edition.
22 1
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
~~
ASME B 3 1 - 1 INT*¡27 96
~
~
~
~
0759670 0574360 7T5
m
B31.1
Subject
1 17.3, Use of Copper Tubing
........................................................
122, Maximum Sustained Operating Pressure ..........................................
Table 121.5, Suggested Pipe Support Spacing. ..........................................
Interpretation
File No.
27-3
27-2
27-1
B31-94-055
B31-94-043
B3 1-94-022
223
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
-
83 1.1 Interpretations No. 27
27-1, 27-2
Interpretation: 27-1
Subject:
B31.1, Table 121.5, Suggested Pipe Support Spacing
Date Issued:
August 25, 1995
File:
B3 1-94-022
Question (1): Does the ASME/ANSI B3 1.1 Power Piping Code indicate the method to be used to
calculate the maximum spacing between supports?
Reply (1): No. Either Para. 121.5 shall apply when calculations are made or Table 121.5 may be
used when calculatiotis are not made.
Question (2): When support spacing is based on span calculations rather than Table 121.5,does
ASME/ANSI B3 1.1 limit sag between supports?
Reply (2): No. However, Para. 121.5 states that spans shall be such that excessive sag is prevented.
When determining limits on sag, the designer should consider factors, such as fluid contents, slope of
line, pipe material, and drain locations.
Interpretation: 27-2
Subject:
B3 1.1, 122, Maximum Sustained Operating Pressure
Date Issued:
August 25, 1995
File:
B3 1-94-043
Question (1): What is the criteria for determining the maximum sustained operating pressure
(MSOP) for steam piping?
Reply (1): As referenced in Paras. 122.1.1 and 122.1.2,it is the responsibility of the designer to
determine the MSOP by considering all of the expected operating conditions, not necessarily continuous,
to permit satisfactory operation of the steam piping.
Question (2): Is it possible for the MSOP and the design pressure to be equal?
Reply (2): Yes,also see Para. 101.2.2.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
225
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
~
~
~~~
ASME B i & - & I N T E 2 7 7 6
~
~~
0757670 0574362 578
27-3
83 1 . 1 Interpretations No. 27
Interpretation: 27-3
Subject:
B31.1, 117.3, Use of Copper Tubing
Date Issued:
August 25, 1995
File:
B31-94-055
Question: Does Para. 117.3 permit the use of copper tubing with braze socket type joints for natural
gas (and other flammable gases except hydrogen)?
Reply: No. Material limitations for use in flammable gas service are covered in Para. 122.8.1.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
226
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME
B 3 L = L * I N T N0.*<25
**
W 0 7 5 9 6 7 0 0553400 6 3 3
ASME B31.1
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 25
Replies to Technical Inquiries
January 1, 1994, Through June 30, 1994
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies either to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time
of issuance of the interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions
to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not a part of the Code or the
Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply
bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where an
interpretation is corrected by Errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons
aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As
stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certiQ,”
“rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
The interpretations will be issued twice a year up to the publication of the 1995 Edition.
Interpretations Nos. 2 through 7 were included with the update service to the 1983 Edition and
Interpretations Nos. 8 through 13 were included with the update service to the 1986 Edition.
Interpretations Nos. 14 through 19 were included with the update service to the 1989 Edition.
Interpretations Nos. 20 through 25 will be included with the update service to the 1992 Edition.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
201
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B3L=L*INT Noem25
**
0759670 0553403 57T M
.
931 1
Subject
.........................................................
100.1.3(C),
. . Design Pressure
101.5, Dynamic Effects .............................................................
102.2.4, Variation from Normal Operation ............................................
104.1.2(A.l), Minimum Wall Thickness of Pipe ........................................
104.3.1, Branch Connections ........................................................
104.8, Analysis of Piping Components ................................................
107. Valves for Vacuum Service. ....................................................
118. Sleeve Coupled and Proprietary Joints ...........................................
122. Design of Specific Piping Systems ...............................................
122. Installation of Safety Valves ....................................................
122.1.1(A), Pressure Design for BEP .................................................
122.6.2(D), Pressure Relief Devices..................................................
122.7.3(B), Piping for Flammable Liquids.............................................
127.4.2, Circumferential Weld Surface Contours .......................................
127.4.2(D). .......................................................................
135. Pipe Assembly Tolerances ......................................................
136.4.2, Visual Inspection...........................................................
136.4.2, Visual Inspection...........................................................
137.3.2, Testing of Nonboiler External Piping .........................................
137.3.2 and 137.7.1, Hydrostatic Test .................................................
Appendix D. Welding Tee per B16.9 .................................................
Fig. 127.4.4(C), Minimum Welding Dimensions........................................
Table 132, Postweld Heat Treatment .................................................
Table 136.4, Nondestructive Examination Requirements ................................
Interpretation
25-13
25-5
25-2
25-20
25-3
25-16
25-18
25-19
25-17
25-8
25-6
25-4
25-14
25-1
25-11
25-21
25-7
25-10
25-9
25-12
25-15
25-22
25-24
25-23
File No .
B31-92-067
B31-93-13
B31-92-068
B31-94-11
B31-92-071
B31-93-040
B31-94-08
B31-94-10
B3 1-94-07
B31-93-037
B31-93-18
B31-93-11
B31-92-036
B31-90-035
B31-93-48
B31-94-021
B31-93-023
B31-93-047
B31-93-038
B31-93-043
B31-93-14
B31-94-023
B31-94-027
B31-94-024
203
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
A S I E B3LmL*INT NO.*k25
**
œ
0759670 0553402 406
œ
25-1, 25-2, 25-3
B31.1 Interpretations No. 25
Interpretation: 25-1
Subject:
B31.1, 127.4.2, Circumferential Weld Surface Contours
Date Issued:
March 15, 1994
File:
B31-90-035
Question (1): When not specified by the designer, is it permissible to fabricate a weld which
partially fills the groove between pipe, between fittings, or between pipe and a fitting so long as the
minimum wall thickness requirement of Para. 104.1.2 is met and a transition between the weld
surface and the pipe or fitting surface is provided in accordance with Para. 127.4.2(C)?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): When specified by the designer, is it permissible to fabricate a weld which partially
fills the groove between pipe, between fittings, or between pipe and a fitting so long as the minimum
wall thickness requirement of Para. 104.1.2 is met and a transition between the weld surface and
the pipe or fitting surface is provided in accordance with Para. 127.4.2(C)?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 25-2
Subject:
B31.1, 102.2.4, Variation from Normal Operation
Date Issued:
March 15, 1994
File:
B31-92-068
Question: When considering variations from normal thermal operating cycles, can the right side
term of Eq. (13A), Para. 104.8.3, be multiplied by the 1.15 or 1.20 values contained in Para. 102.2.4?
Reply: No. The increases in allowable stresses for pressure design permitted by Para. 102.3.2(A)
and for occasional loads permitted by Para. 102.3.3(A), are not permitted in the evaluation of cyclic
stress ranges. Paragraph 102.2.4 provides limitations for pressure stress magnitudes, whereas the
right hand side of Eq. (13) is a limitation for cyclic thermal expansion stress ranges.
interpretation: 25-3
Subject:
B31.1, 104.3.1, Branch Connections
Date Issued:
March 15, 1994
File:
B31-92-071
Question: In accordance with Para. 104.3.1(C.l), does a tee manufactured to ANSI B16.9 meet
the pressure requirements of ASME B31.1, as far as reinforcement in the crotch is concerned?
Reply: Yes. However, further consideration may be necessary for other loadings.
205
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
A S I E B31-1xINT N 0 = * 2 5
**
H 0757670 0 5 5 3 4 0 3 342
B31.1 Interpretations No. 25
25425-525-6
Interpretation: 25-4
Subject:
B31.1, 122.6.2(D), Pressure Relief Devices
Date Issued:
March 15, 1994
File:
B31-93-11
Question: Does Para. 122.6.2(D) of ASME B31.1 require that discharge lines from pressure
relieving safety devices be designed to facilitate drainage of any expected accumulation?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 25-5
Subject:
B31.1, 101.5, Dynamic Effects
Date Issued:
March 15, 1994
File:
B31-93-13
Question: Is it the intent of ASME B31.1, Para. 101.5, that dynamic effects of earthquake,
impact, wind, and vibration must be considered by the piping designer, even if not specified by the
owner?
Reply: Yes. Consideration may or may not involve analysis.
Subject:
B31.1, 122.1.1(A), Pressure Design for BEP
Date Issued:
March 15, 1994
File:
B31-93-18
Question: This Inquiry relates to Boiler External Piping, as defined in Para. 100.1.2(A) of ASME
B31.1, for steam service. The set pressure of the boiler safety valve is less than the maximum
allowable working pressure of the boiler. Is it permissible to use the set pressure of the boiler safety
valve as the internal design pressure for the steam piping?
Reply: Yes, provided that all applicable requirements of Paras. 122.1.1(A) and 122.1.2 of ASME
B31.1 are met and the internai design pressure for the steam piping is not less than 100 psig.
206
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Interpretation: 25-6
~~~
ASME B33.3*INT
NO**25
**
m 0759670 0553404
289
B31.1 Interpretations No.25
m
25-7,254
Interpretation: 25-7
Subject:
B31.1, 136.4.2, Visual Inspection
Date Issued:
March 15, 1994
File:
B31-93-023
Question (i): May the required visual examination of the completed weld occur after the
pressure test required by Para. 137?
Reply (1): The ASME B31.1 Code does not specify when the required examination of the
completed welds should be performed.
Question (2): Is it a requirement of the ASME B31.1 Code that the fabrication sequence shall
be arranged so as to provide for making the maximum number of joint inside surfaces “readily
accessible’’ for examination for incomplete penetration?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Paragraph 136.4.2 of the ASME B31.1 Code references “portions of a component.” What is the definition of a component?
Reply (3): Component is defined in Para. 100.2.
Question (4): Is it required that the required visual examination occur “before, during, or after
the manufacture, fabrication, assembly, or test” as stated in the ASME B31.1 Code, Para. 136.4.2?
Reply (4): No. Visual examinations may occur whenever the examiner wishes to be present.
However, it is required that the completed weld receive a visual examination that verifies that the
completed weld meets the acceptance criteria of Para. 136.4.2.
Question (5): What inspections are required by the ASME B31.1 Code?
Reply (5): The inspections required are those that the Owner’s inspector (as defined in Para.
136.1) or the Authorized Inspector (as required when the system is Boiler External Piping) has
determined to be needed in order to assure the piping has been constructed in accordance with the
applicable requirements of the ASME B31.1 Code.
Interpretation: 25-8
Subject:
B31.1, 122, Installation of Safety Valves
Date Issued:
March 15, 1994
File:
B31-93-037
Question: Does ASME B31.1 require that valves, addressed within the scope of Para. 122, be
installed with the valve stem either at or above the horizontal plane to prevent entrapment of liquids
within the valve bonnet?
Reply: No. The inquirer is referred to Para. 107.1(C).
207
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
NO=*25
**
0759670 0553405 315 H
25-9, 25-10, 25-11
B31.1 Interpretations No. 25
Interpretation: 25-9
Subject:
B31.1, Para. 137.3.2, Testing of Nonboiler External Piping
Date Issued:
March 15, 1994
File:
B31-93-038
Question (1): For piping used with a hot water boiler designed for 150 psig and 210"F, are the
test requirements of Para. 137.3.2 applicable?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): For the above referenced piping, are full penetration welds required?
Reply (2): Yes, except for welds designed in accordance with Para. 104.3.1(C.2) and fabricated
in accordance with Para. 127.4.8(F).
Interpretation: 25-10
Subject:
B31.1, 136.4.2, Visual Inspection
Date Issued:
March 15, 1994
File:
B31-93-047
Question: Does ASME B31.1 set an acceptable limit for acceptance of surface porosity found
by visual examination?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 25-11
Subject:
B31.1-1967, 127.4.2(D)
Date Issued:
March 15, 1994
File:
B31-93-48
Question: Does the reinforcement requirements detailed in USAS B31.1-1967 Edition, Para.
12?.4.2(D), apply to the root reinforcement of single V butt weld pipe joints?
Reply: No.
208
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
I
I
e '
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME B3L.L*INT
ASNE
B 3 L m L * I N T NO.*25
**
W 0759670 0553406 O51
B31.1 Interpretations No. 25
25-12,25-13,25-14
interpretation : 25-1 2
Subject:
B31.1, 137.3.2 and 137.7.1, Hydrostatic Test
Date Issued:
April 22, 1994
File:
B31-93-043
Question (1): Does ASME B31.1 define the term “not practical” in Para. 137.7.1?
Reply (1): No. It is the responsibility of the owner to determine which test shall be done on
NBEP. See Para. 137.3.2
Question (2): Does ASME B31.1 exempt piping, valves, and fittings NPS 1 inch and less from
hydrostatic test requirements?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 25-13
Subject:
B31.1, 100.1.3(C), Design Pressure
Date Issued:
April 29, 1994
File:
B31-92-067
Question: What rules of ASME B31.1 apply to the design pressure of piping downstream of a
pressure reducing valve?
Reply: The design pressure of piping downstream of a pressure reducing valve shall be determined in accordance with the rules of Para. 101.2.2. Where the design pressure is less than that of
the piping upstream of the pressure reducing valve, the requirements of Para. 122.5 shall be met.
interpretation: 25-14
Subject:
B31.1, 122.7.3(B), Piping for Flammable Liquids
Date Issued:
June 22, 1994
File:
B31-92-036
Question (1): For flammable and combustible liquids, does ASME B31.1, Para. 122.7.3(B),
permit the use of copper tubing, where metal temperatures do not exceed 400”F, to match the
copper alloy fittings permitted in this paragraph?
Reply (1): No. The allowance applies only to copper alloy valves and fittings.
Question (2): Does Para. 122.7.3(C) permit copper tube and copper alloy valves and fittings in
areas having metal temperatures between 400°F and 5OO0F?
Reply (2): No.
209
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B31.1Interpretations No.25
25-15, 25-16,25-17
Interpretation: 25-15
Subject:
B31.1, Appendix DyWelding Tee per B16.9
Date Issued:
June 22, 1994
File:
B31-93-14
Question (1):May the applicable flexibility and stress intensification factors in B31.1, Appendix
Dybe used for a welding tee manufactured in accordance with ASME/ANSI B16.9 without supplementary dimensional specifications?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Is the manufacturer of a welding tee specified for use in B31.1 piping system and
manufactured in accordance to ASME/ANSI B16.9 without supplementary dimensional specifications obliged to comply with any requirements of ASME B31.1, Appendix D?
Reply (2): No.
Subject:
B31.1, 104.8, Analysis of Piping Components
Date Issued:
June 22, 1994
File:
B31-93-040
Question: Referring to Para. 104.8.4, Eqs. (11), (12), and (13), how should the moment values
for sustained and occasional loads, MA and MB, and the moment-range value for thermal expansion
M , be determined considering the effect that varying gaps may exist between the pipe and its
supports at different times during operation?
Reply: The Code does not specií-j how to calculate moments and moment-ranges due to different loads or combinations of loads. In the determination of loads, gaps produce nonlinearities in
the analyses which may often be considered negligible.
Interpretation: 25-17
Subject:
B31.1-1992, 122, Design of Specific Piping Systems
Date Issued:
June 22, 1994
File:
B31-94-07
Question: Does Para. 122 of ASME B31.1 Code require that eccentric reducers with flat side
up be provided upstream of pressure control valves when the valves are sized smaller than the
pipeline?
Reply: No.
210
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Interpretation: 25-16
ASME B3L.L*INT
NO.fZ5
f f
0759670 O553408 724
25-18, 25-19, 25-20
B31.1 Interpretations No. 25
Interpretation: 25-18
Subject:
B31.1-1992,107,Valves for Vacuum Service
Date Issued:
June 22, 1994
File:
B31-94-08
Question: Does ASME B31.1 require that valves used in vacuum service have an external sealing
arrangement, such as seal water to gland packing, to prevent air from entering the system.
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 25-19
Subject:
B31.1-1992,118,Sleeve Coupled and Proprietary Joints
Date Issued:
June 22, 1994
File:
B3 1-94-1
O
Question: Does Para. 118 of ASME B31.1 Code require tie-rods (control units) to meet the
requirement for “adequate provision to prevent separation of the joint”?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 25-20
Subject:
B31.1-1989,104.1.2(A.l), Minimum Wail Thickness of Pipe
Date Issued:
June 22, 1994
File:
B31-94-11
Question (1): May a measured minimum wall thickness of pipe be used to verify B31.1 Power
Piping Code compliance with the design minimum wall thickness?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2):What Code or Standard must be used to measure the pipe wall thickness?
Reply (2): The Code does not specify how to measure the pipe wall thickness?
21i
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31=1*INT N0-*25
**
m
0 7 5 9 b 7 0 0551409 8bO
m
B31.1 Interpretations No. 25
2521,2522, 25-23
Interpretation: 25-21
Subject:
B31.1, 135, Pipe Assembly Tolerances
Date Issued:
June 22, 1994
File:
B31-94-021
Question: Does piping fabricated to the fabrication tolerances of PFI Standard ES-5 (Fabricating Tolerances) meet the requirements of ASME B31.1?
Reply: ASME B31.1 does not specify the fabricating tolerances. This is a responsibility of the
designer.
Subject:
B31.1, Fig. 127.4.4(C), Minimum Welding Dimensions
Date Issued:
June 22, 1994
File:
B31-94-023
Question: In Fig. 127.4.4(C), is a maximum weld size specified?
Reply: No. However, the weld size may be limited by the physical configuration of the joint.
Interpretation: 25-23
Subject:
B31.1, Table 136.4, Nondestructive Examination Requirements
Date Issued:
June 22, 1994
File:
B31-94-024
Question: In Table 136.4, for buttwelds on piping over NPS 2, is radiography required for all
pressures, regardless of the design temperature?
Reply: No.
212
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Interpretation: 25-22
A S I E B3L.L*1NT
N0.*25
**
-
0759670 0553430 582
25-24
B31.1 Interpretations No. 25
Interpretation: 25-24
Subject:
B31.1, Table 132, Postweld Heat Treatment
Date Issued:
June 22, 1994
File:
B31-94-027
Question: Is the “nominal thickness in accordance with Para. 132.4.1” the same as the “nominal
material thickness,” mentioned in Notes (I)(B) for P-Nos. 1 and 3 in Table 132?
Reply: No. The “nominal thickness in accordance with Para. 132.4.1” may be the weld thickness
under some specified conditions but the “nominal material thickness” is always the material thickness.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
213
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B31.1
- Cases No. 19
The Cases are not part of ASME B31.1-1992 Edition or its Addenda
A Case is the official method of handling a reply to an inquiry when study indicates
that the Code wording needs clarification, or when the reply modifies the existing requirements of the Code, or grants permission to use new materials or alternative constructions.
ASME has agreed to publish Cases issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1
as part of the update service to B31.1. The text of proposed new and revised Cases and
reaffirmations of current Cases appear in Mechanical Engineering for public review. A
notice also appears in Mechanical Engineering when new and revised Cases are approved.
New and revised Cases, as well as announcements of reaffirmed Cases and annulments,
then appear in the next update. All Cases currently in effect at the time of publication
of the 1989 Edition of the Code were included in the update that immediately followed,
Interpretations No. 14 and Cases No. 9. Subsequently, all Cases currently in effect at the
time of publication of a new Edition are to be included with it as an update.
Cases No. 14, which was the update included with the 1992 Edition, contains the
following Cases.
136-1
145
147
148
149
151
153
154
155
156
157
158
Case 146-1, which was inadvertently omitted from Cases No. 14, was added by Errata
in Cases No. 16. Cases 139, 143, 144, and 150, which were included in updates to the
1989 Edition, were allowed to expire.
The page numbers for the Cases supplements included with updates to the 1992
Edition start with C-1 and will continue consecutively through the last update to this
Edition. The Cases affected by this supplement are as follows:
Page
Location
Change
c-3
Case 145
(1) Reaffirmed: July 1994
(2) New expiration date: July 31, 1997
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
0 7 5 9 b 7 0 0543657 261
m
ASME B31.1
Interpretations No. 24
Date of Issuance: June 30, 1994
This update contains only Interpretations No. 24; there are no cases included.
Copyright Q 1994
THE AMERICAN SOCIEN OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
345 East 47th Street, New York, N.Y. 10017
All Rights Reserved
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
E 0759670 0543658 I T 8
ASME B31.1
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 24
Replies to Technical Inquiries
July 1, 1993, Through December 31, 1993
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the E31 Committee concerning B31.1
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies either to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time
of issuance of the interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions
to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not a part of the Code or the
Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply
bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where an
interpretation is corrected by Errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons
aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As
stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certiQ,”
“rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
The interpretations will be issued twice a year up to the publication of the 1995 Edition.
Interpretations Nos. 2 through 7 were included with the update service to the 1983 Edition and
Interpretations Nos. 8 through 13 were included with the update service to the 1986 Edition.
Interpretations Nos. 14 through 19 were included with the update service to the 1989 Edition.
Interpretations Nos. 20 through 25 will be included with the update service to the 1992 Edition.
195
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
831.1
Subject
104.3.1(B.4) and 127.4.8, Branch Connections. ........................................
24-1
24-2
24-4
24-5
File
B31-92-063,
B31-92-065
B31-92-040
B31-92-033
B31-92-070
B31-93-015
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
122.7.1, Piping for Flammable Liquids. ...............................................
122.7.3(A), Materials ..............................................................
Table 127.4.2, Reinforcement of Butt Welds ..........................................
Table 132, Postweld Heat Treatment.. ...............................................
Interpretation
24-3
197
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
0759670 0543660 856
24-1, 24-2, 24-3
831.1 Interpretations No. 24
Interpretation: 24-1
Subject:
B31.1, 122.7.1, Piping for Flammable Liquids
Date Issued:
July 14, 1993
File:
B31-92-040
Question: Must pipe used for LPG (liquid propane) be seamless if it is installed in areas having
open flames or exposed to surfaces operating over 500”F?
Reply: No.
Subject:
B31.1, 122.7.3(A), Materials
Date Issued:
August 26, 1993
File:
B31-92-033
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Interpretation: 24-2
Question: In Para. 122.7.3(A) for flammable or combustible liquids, does the requirement that
“steel piping material be used” include the fittings, valves, and other components as well?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 24-3
Subject:
B31.1, 104.3.1(B.4) and 127.4.8, Branch Connections
Date Issued:
October 27, 1993
File:
B31-92-063, B31-92-065
Question: Do the rules of ASME B31.1 permit installation of NPS 2 and smaller welded branch
connection fittings directly on butt-welded fittings or on pipe-to-pipe, pipe-to-fitting, and fitting-tofitting butt welds in the run piping?
Reply: Yes, provided the requirements of Paras. 104.3.1, 104.8, and 127.4.8 are met. It is the
responsibility of the designer to determine appropriate stress intensification i factors for such configurations. For installation directly on fittings or on pipe-to-fitting and fitting-to-fitting butt welds,
the requirements of Para. 104.7 shall be met, and the recommendations of the fitting manufacturer,
if available, shall be followed.
199
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
0759670 0543663 7 9 2
B31.1 Interpretations No. 24
24-4, 24-5
Subject:
B31.1, Table 127.4.2, Reinforcement of Butt Welds
Date Issued:
October 27, 1993
File:
B31-92-070
Question: Is it permissible to apply the maximum reinforcement limit of Table 127.4.2 to the
inside surface of single welded butt joints for the purpose of penetrameter selection in accordance
with ASME Section V, T-276.1?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 24-5
Subject:
B31.1, Table 132, Postweld Heat Treatment
Date Issued:
October 27, 1993
File:
B31-93-015
Question: Is it permissible to postweld heat treat SA-182 F91 material at 1400OF-1450"F instead
of 1300OF-1400"F as specified for P-No. 5 in Table 132?
Reply: Yes, provided the lower critical temperature of the SA-182 F91 material is not exceeded.
See Para. 132.2(A).
200
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Interpretation: 24-4
ASME
B3L.LxINT N0.823
t X
0759670 0550552 T25
ASME B3L1
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 23
Replies to Technical Inquiries
January 1,1993, Through June 30,1993
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies either to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time
of issuance of the interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions
to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not a part of the Code or the
Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply
bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where an
interpretation is corrected by Errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation.. Further, persons
aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As
stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certie,”
“rate,” or “endorseyyany item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
The interpretations will be issued twice a year up to the publication of the 1995 Edition.
Interpretations Nos. 2 through 7 were included with the update service to the 1983 Edition and
Interpretations Nos. 8 through 13 were included with the update service to the 1986 Edition.
Interpretations Nos. 14 through 19 were included with the update service to the 1989 Edition.
Interpretations Nos. 20 through 25 will be included with the update service to the 1992 Edition.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
189
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B 3 L * L * I N T N0-*23
ASME
8%
0759670 0550553 761
B31.1
Subject
100.1.2, Power Piping Systems.......................................................
117.3, Brazed Socket Type Joints ....................................................
122.1, Design Requirements ........................................................
122.3.3, Control Piping .............................................................
122.8.1(B), Flammable Gas Piping ...................................................
Fig. 127.4.8(E), Welds of Branch Connections.........................................
~
~~
Interpetation
23-6
23-4
23-2
23-3
23-5
23-1
File
Brno69
B31-92-032
B3 1-91-048
B31-92-026
B31-92-035
B31-92-025
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
191
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
~
ASME
B3L-L*INT Noma23
Y*
= 0757670
0550554 & T B
831.1 Interpretations No. 23
23-1,23-2,23-3
Interpretation: 23-1
Subject:
B31.1, Fig. 127.4.8(E), Welds of Branch Connections
Date Issued:
January 15, 1993
File:
B31-92-025
Question: What dimensional requirements apply to the cover fillet of a specially designed and
tested integrally reinforced branch connection fitting, which does not meet the requirements of
ANSI B16.11?
Reply: The attachment of the fitting may be in accordance with Para. 127.4.8(B) and specifically
Fig. 127.4.8(D) sketch (a) where t& is taken to be the thickness of the fitting at the point of
attachment.
Interpretation: 23-2
Subject:
B31.1, 122.1, Design Requirements
Date Issued:
June 17, 1993
File:
B3 1-91-048
Question: What is the required pressure rating for a bronze feedwater and blowdown valve on
a 150 psi (ASME Section I) firetube boiler? [Paragraph 122.1.7(C.5) indicates the class for cast iron
only.]
Reply: ASME B31.1 does not delineate specific rules regarding feedwater and blowdown piping
systems for firetube boilers. Feedwater valve requirements are contained in ASME B31.1, Paras.
122.1.3 and 122.1.7(B). Blowdown valve requirements are contained in ASME B31.1, Para.
122.1.4(B).
Subject:
B31.1, 122.3.3, Control Piping
Date Issued:
June 17, 1993
File:
B31-92-026
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Interpretation: 23-3
Question: Does ASME B31.1, Paras. 122.3.2(B) and 122.3.6 allow on fuel gas piping, a shutoff
valve between the header and instrument that is threaded on both ends?
Reply: If unavoidable, threaded valves are permitted. Refer to Para. 122.8.1 for the limitations
applicable to threaded piping for flammable gas service.
193
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME R 3 L * L * I N T N O . * Z 3
**
= 0757670 0550555
734
831.1 Interpretations No. 23
23-4.23-5.23-6
Interpretation: 23-4
Subject:
B31.1, 117.3, Brazed Socket Type Joints
Date Issued:
June 17, 1993
File:
B31-92-032
Question: Does ASME B31.1, Para. 117.3 permit the use of brazed socket-type joints for flammable gas?
Reply: Yes, except in areas where fire hazards are involved. Refer to Para. 100.2 for the
definition of “fire hazard.”
Interpretation: 23-5
Subject:
B31.1, 122.8.1(B), Fïammable Gas Piping
Date Issued:
June 17, 1993
File:
B31-92-035
Question (1): In Para. 122.8.1(B) for flammable gas piping, does “steel piping material” include
pipe, valves, fittings, and other components as well?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Are ductile iron fittings permitted by Para. 122.8.1?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretation: 23-6
Subject:
B31.1, 100.1.2, Power Piping Systems
Date Issued:
June 17, 1993
File:
B31-92-069
Question: In a power plant, is piping for a water purification system for boiler feedwater within
the scope of ASME B31.1?
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply: Yes.
194
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B3L.LtINT
N O - * 2 3 tt
B31.1
= 0757670 0550556
670
- Cases No. 18
A Case is the official method of handling a reply to an inquiry when study indicates
that the Code wording needs clarification, or when the reply modifies the existing requirements of the Code, or grants permission to use new materials or alternative constructions.
ASME has agreed to publish Cases issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1
as part of the update service to B31.1. The text of proposed new and revised Cases and
reaffirmations of current Cases appear in Mechanical Engineering for public review. A
notice also appears in Mechanical Engineering when new and revised Cases are approved.
New and revised Cases, as well as announcements of reaffirmed Cases and annulments,
then appear in the next update. Ail Cases currently in effect at the time of publication
of the 1989 Edition of the Code were included in the update that immediately followed,
Interpretations No. 14 and Cases No. 9. Subsequently, all Cases currently in effect at the
time of publication of a new Edition are to be included with it as an update.
Cases No. 14, which was the update included with the 1992 Edition, contains the
following Cases.
136-1
145
147
148
149
151
153
154
155
156
157
158
Case 146-1, which was inadvertently omitted from Cases No. 14, was added by Errata
in Cases No. 16. Cases 139, 143, 144, and 150, which were included in updates to the
1989 Edition, were allowed to expire.
The page numbers for the Cases supplements included with updates to the 1992
Edition start with C-1 and will continue consecutively through the last update to this
Edition. The Cases affected by this supplement are as follows:
Page
Location
Change
c-5
Case 147
C-15
Case 153
(1) Reaffirmed: August 1993
(2) New expiration date: August 31, 1996
(1) Reaffirmed: November 1992
(2) New expiration date: November 30,1995
C-17
Case 154
c-21
Case 156
C-23
Case 157
C-25
Case 158
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
(1) Reaffirmed: October 1992
(2) New expiration date: October 31, 1995
(1) Reaffirmed: August 1993
(2) New expiration date: August 31, 1996
(1) Reaffirmed: September 1993
(2) New expiration date: September 30,
1996
(1) Reaffirmed: November 1993
(2) New expiration date: November 30,1996
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The Cases are not part of ASME B31.1-1992 Edition or its Addenda
ASME B31.L*INT*22
93
= O759670
0540007 579 m
ASME B31.1
Interpretations No. 22
Cases No. 17
Date of issuance: June 30, 1993
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
This update contains Interpretations No. 22 and Cases No. 17.
Copyright @ 1993
THEA M E R I ~ N
SOCIEPI OF MECHANICALENGINEERS
345 East 47th Street, New York, N.Y. 10017
All Rights Reserved
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B3LmL*INT*22
93
m
O159610 0540008 405
m
-
ASME B31.1
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 22
Replies to Technical Inquiries
July 1, 1992, Through December 31,1992
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies either to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time
of issuance of the interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions
to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not a part of the Code or the
Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply
bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where an
interpretation is corrected by Errata, the original interpretation number with the suffi E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons
aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As
stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certify,”
“rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
The interpretations will be issued twice a year up to the publication of the 1995 Edition.
Interpretations Nos. 2 through 7 were included with the update service to the 1983 Edition and
Interpretations Nos. 8 through 13 were included with the update service to the 1986 Edition.
Interpretations Nos. 14 through 19 were included with the update service to the 1989 Edition.
Interpretations Nos. 20 through 25 will be included with the update service to the 1992 Edition.
C
181
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B3Lml*INT*22 93
O759670 0540009 34L
m
B31.1
Subject
105. Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . .
122.1.4, Blow-Off Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
......................................
127.2.3, Consumable Inserts. . . . . . . . . .
127.4, Welding Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .
132.1 and 132.4, Postweld Heat Treatment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
137.1.2(B), Design Pressure.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fig. 127.4.8(E), Welds of Branch Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I
. .
. .. .. .
I
.
I
I
... ...
.. .
File No.
B31-92-024
B31-92-08
B31-92-023
B31-92-027
B31-92-07
B31-91-046
B31-92-28
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
.
Interpretation
22-6
22-3
22-5
22-7
22-1
22-2
22-4
183
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B3L*L*INT*22 93
m 0759670 0540010
Ob3
m
-
22-1, 22-2, 22-3
831.1 Interpretations No. 22
Interpretation: 22-1
Subject:
B31.1, 132.1 and 132.4, Postweld Heat Treatment
Date Issued:
August 21, 1992
File:
B31-92-07
Question: Where Table 132 states “maximum material thickness,” does this include the weld
fitting wall thickness at the weldment of pipe to fitting?
Reply: Yes.
Subject:
B31.1, 137.1.2(B), Design Pressure
Date Issued:
October 30, 1992
File:
B31-91-046
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Interpretation: 22-2
Question: Is it the intent of USAS B31.1-1967, Para. 137.1.2 (B), that “Design Pressure” means
“Normal Operating Pressure”?
Reply: Yes.
L
Interpretation: 22-3
Subject:
B31.1, 122.1.4, Blow-Off Valves
Date Issued:
October 30, 1992
File:
B31-92-08
Question: Reference is made to the requirements of ASME B31.1 Power Piping Code, Para.
122.1.4(A.l) versus those of Para. 122.1.7. Which pressure should be used in the design of blow-off
valves whether they are bronze, cast iron, or steel?
Reply: The design pressure of blow-off valves, used in establishing the pressure-temperature
ratings of a valve manufactured in accordance with the valves listed in Table 126.1, shall exceed the
maximum allowable working pressure of the boiler by either 25% or 225 psi, whichever is less, but
shall not be less than 100 psig.
185
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B3L=L*INT*22 93
O759670 0 5 i 1 O O L L T T T
831.1 Interpretations No. 22
22-4, 22-5.22-6
Interpretation: 22-4
Subject:
B31.1, Fig. 127.4.8(E), Welds of Branch Connections
Date Issued:
October 30. 1992
File:
B31-92-28
Question: Is a tolerance allowed on the Y,6in. gap dimension shown in the left hand figure of
Fig. 127.4.8(E).
Reply: Yes. The welding procedure specification (WPS) shall describe the acceptable tolerance
on the gap dimensions.
Interpretation: 22-5
Subject:
B31.1, 127.2.3, Consumable Inserts
Date Issued:
December 10, 1992
File:
B31-92-023
Question: If a WPS has been qualified without the use of a consumable insert, does Para.
127.2.3 require that the WPS be requalified using a consumable insert if consumable inserts are to
be used in production welding.
Reply: No.
c
Interpretation: 22-6
Subject:
B31.1, 105, Materials
Date Issued:
December 10, 1992
File:
B31-92-024
Question: Is it mandatory that the material of components in an ASME B31.1 Power Piping
System be the same as the material of the pipe?
Reply: No.
186
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1*INT*22
93
m 0759670
05YOOL2 936
m
22-7
831.1 Interpretations No. 22
Interpretation: 22-7
Subject:
B31.1, 127.4, Welding Requirements
Date Issued:
December 10, 1992
File:
B31-92-027
Question: Does the B31.1 Code require that a minimum distance be maintained between adjacent piping welds.
Reply: No. However, refer to Para. 104.3.1(G.7)for rules regarding the reinforcement of multiple openings.
C
187
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B3L-L*INT*22 93 D 0759670 05irOOL3 8 7 2
B31.1
Cases No. 17
The Cases are not part of ASME B31.1-1992 Edition or its Addenda
A Case is the official method of handling a reply to an inquiry when study indicates
that the Code wording needs clarification, or when the reply modifies the existing requirements of the Code, or grants permission to use new materials or alternative constructions.
ASME has agreed to publish Cases issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1
as part of the update service to B31.1. The text of proposed new and revised Cases and
reaffirmations of current Cases appear in Mechanical Engineering for public review. A
notice also appears in Mechanical Engineering when new and revised Cases are approved.
New and revised Cases, as well as announcements of reaffirmed Cases and annulments,
then appear in the next update. All Cases currently in effect at the time of publication
of the 1989 Edition of the Code were included in the update that immediately followed,
Interpretations No. 14 and Cases No. 9. Subsequently, all Cases currently in effect at the
time of publication of a new Edition are to be included with it as an update.
Cases No. 14, which was the update included with the 1992 Edition, contains the
following Cases.
136-1
145
147
148
149
151
153
154
155
156
157
158
'L
Case 146-1, which was inadvertently omitted from Cases No. 14, was added by Errata
in Cases No. 16. Cases 139, 143, 144, and 150, which were included in updates to the
1989 Edition, were allowed to expire.
The page numbers for the Cases supplements included with updates to the 1992
Edition start with C-1 and will continue consecutively through the last update to this
Edition. The Cases affected by this supplement are as follows:
Page
Location
Change
C-19, (2-20
Case 155-1
Case 155 reaffirmed as Case 155-1 and revised as follows:
(1) For Table 2:
(a) B 804 added in two places under
Welded Pipe
(b) Second stress line under Welded
Pipe revised at 750°F
(2) For Table 3, B 804 added
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31-1*INT*22 93
0759b70 0540014 709 W
CASE 155-1
June 1993
This case shall expire on June 30. 1996
unless previously annuìleà or reafinned
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING
Chse 155-1
Use of UNS No8367 Mitcriil ia
ASME 831.1 constnictlon
Inquify Under what conditions may d u tion anneakd UNS NO8367 material, with the
chemical composition listed in Table 1 and the
tensile properties listed in Table 2, and otherwise conforming the requirements of specifications listed in Table 3, be used in the umstruce
sof
tion of power piping systems under the d
ASME B31.1?
Reply: it is the opinion of the Committee
that the material described in the Inquiry may
be used for both welded and unwelded construction under the rules of ASME 8 3 1.1 provided the following additional requirementsare
met.
(a) The allowable stress values shall be
those listed in Table 2.
(b) For external pressure design, refer to
para. 104.1.3.
(c) Welding Procedure Qualification and
performance qualification shall be conducted
as prescribed in Section IX. The material shall
be considered to be P-No.45. Preheat is neither
required nor prohibited.
(d) Heat treatment after forming or welding is neither required nor prohibited. However, if heat treatment is applied, the solution
annealing treatment shall consist of heating to
a minimum temperature of 2025°F and then
quenching in watex or rapidly cooling by other
means.
(e) All other requirements of ASME
B3 1.i shall apply.
(/This
I material is not acceptable for use
on boiler external piping.
- B31
TABLE 1
CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS
Product
Analysis
Element
Carbon, max.
Manganese, max.
Phosphonis, max.
Sulfur, max.
Silicon, max.
Chromium
Nickel
Molybdenum
Nitrogen
iron [Note ( U 1
Variations,
Under
Minimum or
Over Maximum
Heat Analysis
of the Heat
Limit, % Wt Analysis Limit
0.03
2.00
0.040
0.030
1.00
20.0-22.0
23.5-25.5
6.0-7.0
O.lM.25
Balance
0.01
0.04
0.005
0.005
0.05
0.2
0.2
0.1
0.01
...
NOTE:
(1) Determined arithmetically by difference.
For Table 2, see next page.
TABLE 3
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
B 366
B 462
B 564
B 675
B 676
B 688
B 690
B 691
B 804
Fittings
Forgings
Forgings
Welded pipe
Welded tube
Plate, sheet, strip
Seamless pipe and tube
Rod, bar
Welded pipe
Case 155-1 continues on next page
C-19
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B3L.L*INT*22
93
= 0759670 05YOOL5
645
-
CASE 155-1
June 1993
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - B31
TABLE 2
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES AND MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DESIGN STRESS VALUES IN TENSION, ksi, FOR METAL
TEMPERATURE, "F, NOT EXCEEDING TEMPERATURES LISTED BELOW [SEE ALSO NOTE (111
Minimum
Y*M
Stmigth
Minimum
E
All sizes
All sizes
104
104
46
46
All sizes
95
All sizes
Tmik
S t W h
-20
to
100
200
300
400
500
600
650
700
750
eOa
1.00
1.00
26.0
26.2
26.0
26.0
24.3
24.5
22.7
23.5
20.9
22.8
19.9
22.3
19.3
22.1
19.3
22.1
18.7
21.8
18.4
21.7
45
0.85
20.2
20.2
19.1
18.2
17.3
16.6
16.1
15.8
15.6
15.3
95
45
0.85
20.2
20.2
19.1
18.2
17.8
17.3
17.2
17.0
16.9
16.8
All sizes
All sizes
100
100
45
45
0.85
0.85
21.3
21.3
21.3
21.3
20.1
20.1
18.9
19.2
17.3
18.7
16.6
18.4
16.1
18.1
15.8
17.9
15.6
17.9
15.3
17.8
< 3 / 1 6 in. thk.
3 / l b Y in. thk.
> U in. W.
104
100
95
46
45
45
1.00
1.00
1.00
26.0
25.0
23.8
26.0
25.0
23.8
24.3
23.7
22.5
22.7
22.2
21.4
20.9
20.4
20.4
19.9
19.5
19.5
19.3
ia9
18.9
19.3
186
18.6
18.7
18.3
18.3
18.4
18.0
18.0
<3/16 in. thk.
3 / l b Y in. thk.
> U in. thk.
104
100
95
46
45
45
1.00
1.00
1.00
26.2
25.0
23.8
26.0
25.0
23.8
24.5
23.7
22.5
23.5
22.6
21.4
22.8
22.0
20.9
22.3
21.7
20.4
22.1
21.3
20.2
22.1
21.1
20.0
21.8
21.1
19.9
21.7
20.9
19.8
All sizes
All sizes
95
95
45
45
1.00
1.00
23.8
73.8
23.8
23.8
22.5
22.5
21.4
21.4
20.4
20.9
19.5
20.4
18.9
20.2
18.6
20.0
18.3
19.9
18.0
19.8
All sizes
All sizes
95
95
45
45
1.00
1.00
23.8
23.8
23.8
23.8
22.5
22.5
21.4
21.4
20.4
20.9
19.5
20.4
18.9
20.2
18.6
20.0
18.3
19.9
18.0
19.8
95
95
45
45
1.00
1.00
23.8
23.8
23.8
23.8
22.5
22.5
21.4
21.4
20.4
20.9
19.5
20.4
18.9
20.2
18.6
20.0
18.3
19.9
18.0
19.8
95
95
45
45
1.00
1.00
23.8
23.8
23.8
23.8
22.5
22.5
21.4
21.4
20.4
20.9
19.5
20.4
18.9
20.2
18.6
20.0
18.3
19.9
18.0
19.8
Smlr PipeITuk
8 690
8 690 [Note i211
welded P i p
8 6757
8 8 0 4 J
8 675 [Note (2)l
8 804 [Note (211
1
Welded Tube
8 676
8 67b [Note i2)l
Plate, Sheet, Strip
8 688
B 688 [Note í2)1
Rod and Bai
8 691
8 691 [Note (2)l
Forgings
8564
8 564 [Note i2)l
For9ed or Roiled Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings and Valva
8 462
8 462 [Note (2)l
All sizes
All sires
wmu9ht welding Fittings
8 366
8 366 [Note i211
All sizes
All sizes
NOTES:
(1) Elongation in 2 in., or 40, min. = 30%.
(2) Due t o the relatively low yield strength of these materials, these higher stress values were established a t temperatures where the short time
tensile properties govern to permit the use of these alloys where slightly greater deformation in acceptable. These stress values exceed 67%,
but do not exceed 90% of the yield strength at temperature. Use of these stresses may result in dimensional changes due to permanent
strain. These values should not be used for the flanges of gasketed joints or other applications where slight amounts of distortion can cause
leakage or malfunction.
c-20
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
c
ASME B31.1
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 21
Replies to Technical Inquiries
January 1,1992, Through June 30, 1992
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies either to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time
of issuance of the interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions
to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not a part of the Code or the
Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review Óf the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply
bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where an
interpretation is corrected by Errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used,
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons
aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As
stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certify,”
“rate,’yor “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
The interpretations will be issued twice a year up to the publication of the 1995 Edition.
Interpretations Nos. 2 through 7 were included with the update service to the 1983 Edition and
Interpretations Nos. 8 through 13 were included with the update service to the 1986 Edition.
Interpretations Nos. 14 through 19 were included with the update service to the 1989 Edition,
Interpretations Nos. 20 through 25 will be included with the update service to the 1992 Edition.
173
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
92
0759670 0531059 966 U
.
B31 I
Subject
104.1, Pressure Design of Components
114.1 and 114.2.3, Threaded Insertion Type Flow Sensors
121. Design of Pipe Supporting Elements
121.7, Supporting Structures; 100.1.2, Jurisdictional Limits
122.8.2, Piping for Toxic Fluids
Piping Connecting Pieces of Mechanical Equipment
Scope of Application to Pulp and Paper Mills
...............................................
...............................
.............................................
..............................
......................................................
...................................
.........................................
Interpretation
21-4
21-7
21-5
21-6
21-3
21-2
21-1
File
B31-91-045
B31-90-020
B31-91-030 .
B31.91-049
B31-90-066
B31-88-016
B31-90-67A
175
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
‘ A S M E B31.L
ASME B 3 L - 1 92
m 0759670
053LOb0 688
=
831.1 Interpretations No. 21
21-1,214
Subject:
B31.1, Scope of Application to Pulp and Paper Mills
Date Issued:
February 7, 1992
File:
B31-90-67A
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Interpretation: 21-1
Question: Which ASME B31 Code is applicable to piping systems designed for the collection
and conveying of toxic noncondensible gases in pulp and paper mills?
Reply: The applicable Code for such a system depends upon its purpose. If the toxic gases are
used as part of a chemical process, 31.3 applies. If they are used as a working fluid or as part of
a power generation loop, B31.1 applies. If the piping is clearly not in the scope of either of these
B31 Codes, the tenth paragraph of the Introduction to B31.1 permits the user to select any B31
Code Section determined to be generally applicable.
Interpretation: 21-2
Subject:
B31.1, Piping Connecting Pieces of Mechanical Equipment
Date Issued:
February 21, 1992
File:
B31-88-016
Question: Does B31.1 apply to piping used to transfer steam from the exhaust connection of
an intermediate pressure turbine to the inlet connection of a low pressure turbine? The piping is
84 in. in diameter, 260 ft long with design conditions of 128 psig and 636°F.
Reply: Yes.
Note: This interpretation is intended oniy to apply to a specific instance; the issue of general
applicability is under consideration by the B31 Committee.
177
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
~~
ASUE B3L.L
92
= 0759b70
05310bL 514
21-3, 21-4
831.1 Interpretations No. 21
Interpretation: 21-3
Subject:
B31.1, 122.8.2, Piping for Toxic Fluids
Date Issued:
March 19, 1992
File:
B31-90-066
.Question (1): Does‘the wall thickness requirements of Para. 122.8.2(B) apply to nonsteel piping
materials?
Reply (1): No; however, the requirements of Para. 104.1.2 shall be met.
Question (2):
(a) Does Para. 122.8.2(C) apply to piping connections at metering pumps?
(b) Are metering pumps considered to be associated with a container?
Reply (2):
(a) Yes.
(b) No.
Interpretation: 21-4
Subject:
B31.1, 104.1, Pressure Design of Components
Date Issued:
March 19, 1992
File:
B31-91-045
Question: Is it the intent of ASME B31.1 that if the actual tensile strength of the material is
greater than the minimum tensile strength identified in Appendix A, a proportionately greater value
for SE may be used in the “Design Pressure Calculation of Para. 104.1”?
Reply: No.
178
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.L
92 M 0 7 5 9 b 7 0 0533062 450
831.1 Interpretations No. 21
21-5,21-6
Interpretation: 21-5
Subject:
B31.1, 121, Design of Pipe Supporting Elements
Date Issued:
June 17, 1992
File:
B31-91-030
Question (1): Do Para. 121 requirements apply only to the design and manufacture of “standard
types of pipe hanger components” as defined in MSS SP-58 ?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does Para. 121.2 allow the use of stress values other than those given in MSS
SP-58 or Appendix A.
Reply (2): Yes, see Paras. 121.2(B) and (C).
Interpretation: 21-6
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Subject:
B31.1, 121.7, Supporting Structures; 100.1.2, Jurisdictional Limits
Date Issued:
June 17, 1992
File:
B31-91-049
Question (1): Is the structure which resists the piping loads transmitted through pipe hangers
and supports within the scope of the B31.1 Code?
Reply (1):No, except as discussed in Para. 121.9.
Question (2): -Does the B31.1 Code give recommendations or requirements for the materials
used in the construction of the structures described above?
Reply (2): No.
179
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B33.L
92
m 0759670
0533063 397
21-7
m
831.1 Interpretations No. 21
Interpretation: 21-7
Subject:
B31.1, 114.1 and 114.2.3, Threaded Insertion Type Flow Sensors
Date Issued:
June 22, 1992
File:
B31-90-020
O
Question (1): Isthe manufacturer and/or fabricator of a pipe fitting or component responsible
for providing materials, components, and workmanship compliance with B31.1?
Reply (1): Yes, if ASME B31.1 is specified as the jurisdictional Code.
Question (2): Is a threaded insertion type flow sensor governed by Paras. 114.2.3 and 114.1?
Reply (2): The threaded connection is governed by Paras. 114.1 and 114.2.3. The design and
installation of the insertion device should be adequate to withstand the effects of the fluid characteristics, fluid flow, and vibration.
a
Question (3): If the response to Question (2) is yes, does a polypropylene insertion flow sensor
which is retained in the service by its threaded connection meet the intents and purposes of Paras.
114.2.3 and 114.1?
Reply (3): A polypropylene insertion type flow sensor which is retained in the service by its
threaded connection can meet the intents and purposes of Paras. 114.1 and 114.2.3.
Question (4): Paragraph 122.9’states “where it is necessaTy“ plastic materials may be used to
convey corrosive or hazardous liquids. Should this paragraph be interpreted as prohibiting the use
of thermoplastics for conveying corrosive or hazardous liquids when the use of thermoplastics is not
“necessary”?
O
Reply (4): No
O
a
180
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B3L.L
9 2 M 0759b70 053LObY 223
B31.1
'
- Cases No. 16
A Case is the official method of handling a reply to an inquiry wher, study indicates
that the Code wording needs clarification, or when the reply modifies the existing requirements of the Code, or grants permission to use new materials or alternative constructions.
ASME has agreed to publish Cases issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1
as part of the update service to B31.1. The text of proposed new and revised Cases and
reaffirmations of current Cases appear in Mechanical Engineering for public review. A
notice also appears in Mechanical En&neering when new and revised Cases are approved.
New and revised Cases, as well as announcements of reaffirmed Cases and annulments,
then appear in the next update. All Cases currently in effect at the time of publication
of the 1989 Edition of the Code were included in the update that immediately followed,
Interpretations No. 14 and Cases No. 9. Subsequently, all Cases currently in effect at the
time of publication of a new Edition are to be included with it as an update.
Cases No. 14, which was the update included with the 1992 Edition, contains the
following Cases.
136-1 .
145
147
148
149
151
153
154
155
156
157
158
Cases 139, 143, 144, and 150, which were included in updates to the 1989 Edtion,
were allowed to expire.
The page numbers for the Cases supplement included with updates to the 1992
Edition start with C-1 and will continue consecutively through the last update to this
Edition. The Cases affected by this supplement are as follows:
Page
Location
Change
C-4.1
Case 146-1
C-31
Case 161
Added by Errata (Reaffirmed March 1992
but inadvertently omitted from Cases No.
14)
Added
c-33
Case 162
Added
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The Cases are not part of ASME B31.1-1992 Edition or its Addenda
~~~
ASME B3L.L
~
7 2 H 0757670 0533065 L 6 T
This Case shall w i r e on March 31, 1995,
unless previously annulled or r e a m e d
Case 146-1
March 1989
Reaffirmed March 1992
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - B31
Case 146-1 Nickel-Chromium-MolybdenumColumbium AUoy (UNSN06625)in
ASME B31.1 Construction
inquiry: May nickekhromium-molybdenumcolumbium alloy (UNS N06625) conforming to
the specificationslisted in Table I be used for construction of ASME B31.1 Power Piping systems?
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee that
nickel+hromium-molybdenum-columbium alloy
(UNS N06625) conforming to the product specifications shown in Table I may be used in the construction of power piping complying with the rules
of ASME B31.1, provided the following additional
requirements are met.
(1) THESE MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE
USED FOR BOILER EXTERNAL PIPING.
See Para. 100.1.2(A)
(2) The allowable stress values shall be those
listed in Table II.
(3) Ali longitudinal welds in any of the materials listed in Table I shall be completely examined
by radiography. Radiographic examination shall
be in accordance with the requirements of the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section
VIII, latest edition, Para. UW-51.
(4) The welding procedure qualification and
performance qualifications shall be conducted in
accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code, Section IX. For qualifying welding
procedures, the material is P-No. 43.
(5) Postweld heat treatment of this material is
neither required nor prohibited. However, no
postweld heat treatment shall be performed except by agreement between the owner and the
manufacturer, installer, or erector. The temperature, time, and method of heat treatment shall
be covered by the agreement.
(6) Longitudinally seam welded pipe, with or
without filler metal added, is permitted. Lon-
gitudinally seam welded pipe shall be fabricated
from plate meeting the requirements of ASTM
B 443. All seam welded pipe shall comply with
the following requirements.
(a) The weIds shall be made by an electric
arc process.
(6) The joints shall be full penetration double-welded or single-welded butt joints employing fusion welding processes, as defined
under Para. 100.2 Definitions of ASME
B31.1. Where backing rings or strips are used,
the ring or strip material shall be of the same
P-Number as the plate being joined. Backing
rings or strips shall be completely removed
after welding, prior to radiography, and the
exposed weld surface shall be examined visually for conformance to the requirement of the
following paragraph. Welds made by procedures using backing rings which remain in
place are prohibited.
(c) The weld surface on the outside diameter
side of the pipe shall be flush with the base
plate or shall have a reasonably uniform
crown in accordance with Table 127.4.2 of
ASME B31.1. The weld reinforcement on the
inside diameter side of the pipe may be
removed at the manufacturer’s option or by
agreement between the manufacturer and
purchaser. The contour of the reinforcement
shall be reasonably smooth and free of irregularities. The deposited metal shall be
fused uniformly into the plate surface. No
concavity of contour is permitted.
(d) Weld defects shall be repaired by removal to sound metal and rewelding. Subsequent heat treatment and inspection shall be
as required on the origina1 welds.
(e) When heat treatment is required, such
heat treatment shall be done in accordance
with Para. 5, after all welding.
Case 146-1 continues on following page.
C-4.1
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
-
~~
ASME B 3 L - L 7 2
m
0 7 5 7 6 7 0 053LObb OTb
~
m
Case 146-1
March 1989
Reaffirmed March 1992
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING
- B31
The requirements of ASTM A 530 for
welded pipe shall be met. Variations in wall
thickness and length for longitudinally seam
welded pipe with filler metal added shaii be
the same as required in ASTM A 530 for
seamless or longitudinally seam welded pipe
without fúier metal.
c-4.2
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B 3 3 - 3 7 2
= 0757670 0533067
T32
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Case 146-1
March 1989
Reaffirmed March 1992
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - B31
TABLE I
Plate, Sheet, and Strip
Seamless Pipe and Tube
Rod and Bar
Forgings
Wrought Fittings
6 444-84
B 446-84
B 564-86
B 366-87
Metal Temp.
[Note (111,
Metal Temp.
[Note (111,
Spec No.
B 443 Grade 1
B 444 Grade 1
B 446 Grade 1
B 564
B 366 (made
with Grade 1
material)
Allowable
[Notes (21, (311
OF,
Stress Values,
Not Exceeding
ksi
B 443-84
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1150
1200
27.5
26.8
26.1
25.4
25.0
24.6
24.0
23.7
23.4
21.0
13.2
Spec No.
B 443 Grade 2
B 444 Grade 2
B 446 Grade 2
B 366 (made
with Grade 2
material)
Allowable
[Notes (2), (411
OF,
Stress Values,
Not Exceeding
ksi
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1150
1200
25.0
24.6
24.0
22.5
21.7
21.0
20.7
20.1
19.8
19.6
19.3
19.3
19.3
e-4.3
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
~~
0 7 5 9 6 7 0 053LObd 979
Case 161
This Case shall expire on September 30, 1995,
irnless previomly annulled or reaflmed
September 1992
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING
Case 161
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME 831.1 92
- B31
Use of Alloy UNS NOS926 Material in ASME B31.1 Construction
Znquiiy: May UNS NO8926 (Nickel-Chrodum-Molybdenum-Copper-Nitrogen-low
Carbon Alloy) be used for A S W B31.1 con-
struction?
Reply: UNS NO8926 material conforming to
ASTM B 366, B 462, B 625, B 649, B 673,
B 674, and B 677 may be used for ASMñ
B31.1 construction provided that the following requirements are met.
(a) All applicable requirements of ASME
B31.1 shall be met.
(b) This material is not acceptable for use
on boiler external piping.
IC) The alIowable stress values shown in
Table 1 shall apply.
(d) All product forms shali be furnished in
the solution annealed condition by the Material Manufacturer. Heat treatment after
fabrication and forming is neither required
nor prohibited. If heat treatment is performed, the material shall be heated for a
sufficient time in the range of 2010°F to
2100°F followed by quenching in water or
rapidly cooling by another means.
(e) The metal shall be considered as P-No.
45. Welding electrodes or filler metal shall
conform to SFA-5.11 ENiCrMo-3 or ENiCrMo4; or SFA-5.14 ERNiCrMo-3 or
ERNiCrMo-4..
@ For pipe and tube sizes larger than
those listed in B 677 and B 673, the dimensional requirements of B 464 shall be used.
The maximum NPS is 30. The maximum wall
thickness in any size is 1in.
(g) Separate Welding Procedure Qualincations and Performance Qualifications shall
be conducted in accordance with the requirements of Section IX of the ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code.
Case 161 continues on foUowing page
C-31
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B 3 3 - 3 9 2
~
0759670 0533069 805 H
Case 161
September 1992
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING
TABLE 1
ALLOWABLE STRESS VALUES FOR B 366, B 462, B 625,
- B31
B 649, B 673, B 674, AND B 677
Maximum Allowable Stress, ksi, for Metal
Temperatures,
Spec.
No.
Notes
OF,
not Exceeding
-20 to
100
200
300
400
500 .
600
650
700
750
23.5
23.5
23.5
23.5
22.9
21.3
21.8
19.9
20.8
18.7
20.0
17.9
19.6
17.7
19.3
17.6
19.2
17.5
23.5
23.5
23.5
23.5
22.9
21.3
21.8
19.9
20.8
18.7
20.0
17.9
19.6
17.7
19.3
17.6
19.2
17.5
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.5
18.1
18.5
16.9
17.7
15.9
17.0
15.2
16.7
15.0
16.4
15.0
16.3
14.9
23.5
23.5
23.5
23.5
22.9
21.3
21.8
20.8
18.7
20.0
19.9
17.9
19.6
17.7
19.3
17.6
19.2
17.5
23.5
23.5
23.5
23.5
22.9
21.3
21.8
19.9
20.8
18.7
20.0
17.9
19.6
17.7
19.3
17.6
19.2
17.5
Seamless Pipe and Tube
B 677
B 677
(2)
..
Forged Fittings
B 462
B 462
(2)
*
.
I
Welded Pipe and Tube
B 673, B 674
B 673, B 674
Plate, Sheet, and Strip
B 625
6 625
Bar
B 649
B 649
Wrought Fittings
B 366
B 366
(2)
...
23.5
23.5
22.9
21.8
20.8
20.0
19.6
19.3
19.2
23.5
23.5
21.3
19.9
18.7
17.9
17.7
17.6
17.5
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.5
18.1
18.5
16.9
17.7
15.9
17.0
15.2
16.7
15.0
16.4
15.0
16.3
14.9
Welded Fittings
B 366
B 366
NOTES:
(1)A factor of 0.85 has been applied in arriving at the maximum allowable stress values in tension for this material. Divide tabulated values
by 0.85 for maximum allowable longitudinal tensile stress.
(2)Due t o relatively low yield strength of these materials, these higher allowable stress values were established at temperatures where the short
time tensile properties govern t o permit the use of these alloys where slightly greater deformation is acceptable. These stress values exceed
67% but do not exceed 90% of the yield strength at temperature. Use of these stress values may result in dimensional changes due to
permanent strain. These values should not be used for the flanges of gasketed joints or other applications where sllght amounts of dlstortion
can cause leakage or malfunction.
C-32
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31-1 72
O757670 0531070 527 W
Case 162
This Case shall v i r e on September 30, 1995,
unless previous@annulled or reaffirmed
September 1992
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING
Case 162
- B31
Use of 21Cr-11Ni-N Alloy
(S30815) for ASME B31.1
Construction
Inquiry: May solution annealed 21CrIlNi-N Alloy (S30815) seamless tubes and
pipes, welded tubes and pipes, plate, sheet,
strip, forging, and bar, conforming to the
specifications of A 213, A 312, A 249, A 358,
A 409, A 240, A 182, and A 479 be used in
ASME B31.1 construction?
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee
that solution annealed 21Cr-IlNi-N AUoy
(UNS S30815) seamless tubes and pipes,
welded tubes and pipes, plate, sheet, strip,
forging, and bar as described in the Inquiry
may be used in ASME B31.1 construction
provided:
(a) the material meets the chemical analysis and minimum tensile requirements detailed in the specification and noted here in
Tables 1 and 2, respectively; otherwise conforming to ali other requirements of the respective ASTM material specification;
(b) the maximum allowable design stress
values shall be as given in Table 3, except that
for welded tube and pipe, a joint efficiency
factor, Ei,of 0.85 shail be used;
(c) welding shall be performed using any
welding process or combination of processes
capable of meeting the requirements of Section IX for P-No. 8, Group No. 2 materials.
If postweld heat treatment is performed, the
material shall be heated to 1560-1740"F for
10-15 minutes, followed by cooling in air.
(d) heat treatment after forming is neither
required nor prohibited. If heat treatment is
used, the solution treatment shall consist of
heating to a temperature of 1920°F to 2100°F
and quenching in water or rapidly cooling by
other means.
(e) this Case number shall be referenced
in the documentation and marking of the material and recorded on the Manufacturer's
Data Report.
Case 162 continues on followingpage
(2-33
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
Case 162
September 1992
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - B31
TABLE 1
CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS
Element
Percent
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Carbon
Manganese, max
Phosphorus, max
Suiph'ur, max
Silicon
Nickel
Chromium
Nitrogen
Cerium
(Balance Iron)
0.05-0.10
0.80
0.40
0.030
1.40-2.00
10.0-1 2.0
20.0-22.0
0.14-0.20
0.03-0.08
TABLE 2
MECHANICAL PROPERTY REQUIREMENTS
Tensile strength, min, ksi
Yield strength, 0.2% offset
min, ksi
Elongation In 2 in. min, %
87
45
40
TABLE 3
For Metal
Temperature
Not Exceeding,
-.
"F
100
200
300
400
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
Max. Allowable
Stress Values, ksi
. . I
21.8
21.6
20.4
19.6
18.4
17.7
17.5
17.3
17.1
16.8
16.6
16.3
16.1
14.9
For Metal
Temperature
Not Exceeding,
Note (1)
21.8
21.6
20.4
19.6
19.1
18.7
18.6
18.4
18.2
18.0
17.8
17.5
17.2
14.9
Max. Allowable
Stress Values, ksi
"F
...
Note (1)
1050
1100
1150
1200
1250
1300
1350
1400
1450
1500
1550
1600
1650
11.6
9.0
6.9
5.2
4.0
3.1
2.4
1.9
1.6
1.3
1.0
0.86
0.71
11.6
9.0
6.9
5.2
4.0
3.1
2.4
1.9
1.6
1.3
1.0
0.86
0.71
2) Due to the relatively low yield strength of these materials, these higher stress values were established at
temperatures where the short time tensile properties govern t o permit the use of these alloys where slightly
greater deformation Is acceptable. These higher stress values exceed 67%, but do not exceed 90% of the yield
strength at temperature. Use'of these stress values may result in dimensional changes due to permanent strain.
These stress values are not recommended for flanges of gasketed joints or other applications where slight
amounts of distortion can cause leakage or malfunction,
c-34
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B3L.L
92
0759670 0 5 2 8 7 7 0 3 3 6
ASME B31.1
Interpretations No. 20
Cases No. 15
Date of Issuance: October 31, 1992
This update contains Interpretations No. 20 and Cases No. 15.
Copyright 0 1992
THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
345 East 47th Street, New York, N.Y. 10017
All Rights Resewed
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
A S I E B 3 L - L 72
0 7 5 7 6 7 0 0528773 2 7 2
a
ASME B31.1
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 20
Replies to Technical Inquiries
July 1, 1991, Through December 31, 1991
e
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B3 1 Committee concerning B3 1.1 as part
of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological order.
Each interpretation applies either to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance of the
interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have
superseded the reply. These interpretations are not a part of the Code or the Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply bearing
the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where an interpretation
is corrected by Errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved
by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. AS stated in the
Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” ‘‘certify,’’ “rate,” or “endorse”
any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
The interpretations will be issued twice a year up to the publication of the 1995 Edition. Interpretations Nos. 2 through 7 were included with the update service to the 1983 Edition and Interpretations
Nos. 8 through 13 were included with the update service to the 1986 Edition. Interpretations Nos. 14
through 19 were included with the update service to the 1989 Edition. Interpretations 20 through 25
will be included with the update service to the 1992 Edition.
e
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a
163
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B 3 L - L 9 2 E 0759670 0528772 L O 9 E
B31.1
Interpretation
20- 1o
20-15
20-6
20-1 1
20- I
20-12
20- 14
20-4
20-9
20-13
20-3
20-7
20- 16
20-8
20-5
20-2
File No.
B3 1-91-036
B3 1-91-029
B31-91-001
B31-91-037
B3 1-89-037
8 31-90-003
B3 1-91-025
B3 1-91-022
B3 1-9 1-01 1
B31-91-023
B3 1-91-017
B31-90-023
B3 1-91-035
B31-90-63R
B3 1-90-005
B3 1-89-038
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Subject
100.1.2, Power Piping Systems ................ ..................................
....
102.2.4, Sootblower Piping System ...................................................
102.3.2, Temperature Fatigue Cycles .................................................
102.4.3, Weld Joint Efficiency Factors ................................................
104.1.2, Thickness Allowance for Threads .............................................
104.8, Stress Due to Sustained Loads .................................................
115. Use of Flared. Flareless. and Compression Type Tube Fittings .......................
122.3.2, Instrument Connections .....................................................
122.8.2(B), Nominal Pipe Size ......................................................
127.4.1 I(B). Repairs to Base Materiais ...............................................
132. NDE prior to PWHT .........................................................
Hot Tapping .....................................................................
Scope of Application ..............................................................
Table 132. PWHT of P-No . 5 Socket Welds ...........................................
Use of Cast Iron Valves is Fuel Gas. Caustic and Acid Service ...........................
Valving for Feedwater Piping in Heat Recovery Steam Generators ........................
165
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME 831.1 7 2
m 0757670 0528773
045
m
83 1.1 Interpretations No. 20
20-1, 20.2
Subject:
B31.1, 104.1.2, Thickness Allowance for Threads
Date Issued:
July 17, 1991
File:
B3 1-89-037
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Interpretation: 20-1
Question: In Para. 104.1.2(a), under subparagraph (4) of nomenclature for t , , does the phrase
“forming or machining for jointing” include threading of pipe (and other component) ends as are
commonly used to join components together?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 20-2
a
o
Subject:
B3 1.1, Valving for Feedwater Piping in Heat Recovery Steam Generators
Date Issued:
July 17, 1991
File:
B3 1-89-038
Question (1): A 3-pressure heat recovery steam generator (HRSG) has three evaporators (HP, IP,
LP), each fed by a common supply which has passed through an economizer. Each evaporator has its
own feedwater regulating station. Some installations have an LP feedwater supply through the economizer and so the HP and IP evaporators each need a feedwater pump as well. Assuming the economizer
and each evaporator has its own Manufacturer’s Data Report so that all interconnecting piping is BEP,
what is the required feedwater valving and where is (are) the BEP terminal(s) if there is only one HRSG
per feedwater source?
Reply (1): Each evaporator and the economizer are treated as separate boilers with respect to their
inlet feedwater valving. Each evaporator shall have an inlet stop valve, check valve, and regulating valve.
The economizer shall also have an inlet stop valve and check valve. It may also be equipped with an
outlet stop valve. In the case of multiple HRSGs, the inlet to the economizer shall have a regulating
valve, unless the regulating functioh is performed by the valves installed at the inlets to each evaporator.
The BEP terminals in each case are the inlet to the first valve on the economizer inlet string and the
joints where the piping interfaces with the economizer and evaporator headers.
Question (2): Assuming the economizer and each evaporator are supplied under the same Manufacturer’s Data Report sp that all interconnecting piping is boiler proper, what is the required feedwater
valving and where is (are) the BEP terminals if there is only one HRSG per feedwater source? If there
are multiple HRSGs for a common feedwater source?
Reply (2): Each evaporator shall have an inlet stop valve, check valve, and regulating valve. The
economizer shall also have an inlet stop valve and check valve. Since ail inter-connectingpiping is boiler
proper, there need be no discharge stop valve on the economizer. In the case of multiple HRSG’s, the
inlet to the economizer shall have a regulating valve, unless the regulating function is performed by the
valves installed at the inlets to each evaporator. The BEP terminals are the inlet to the first valve in the
economizer inlet string, and the inlet piping interface with the economizer inlet header.
e
167
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B 3 L - L 92
m 0757670
20-3,204, 20-5
0 5 2 8 7 7 4 TAL W
83 1.1 Interpretations No. 20
Interpretation: 20-3
Subject:
B31.1, 132, NDE prior to PWHT
Date Issued:
July 17, 1991
File:
B3 1-91-017
Question: Does B31.1 require that NDE be performed on welds after they have been subjected to
the postweld heat treatment required by Para. 132?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 20-4
Subject:
B31.1, 122.3.2,Instrument Connections
Date Issued:
July 17, 1991
File:
B31-91-022
Question (1): Does B31.1-1989 Edition, Para. 122.3.2(A.1) require instrument piping takeoff
connections to be not less than NPS 3/4 for service conditions in excess of either 900 psi or 800"?
Reply (1):
Yes.
Question (2): Does Para. 122.3.2(A.1) also apply to tapping on the periphery of orifice plate flanges?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 20-5
Subject:
B3 1.1, Use of Cast Iron Valves in Fuel Gas, Caustic and Acid Service
Date Issued:
July 18, 1991
File:
B3 1-90-005
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Question (1): For the purpose of material selection of a plug valve that meets the requirements of
Para. 107 of B31.1, is the plug considered a pressure retaining part?
Reply (1):
No.
Question (2): Does B3 1.1 allow the use of cast iron bodied valves and fittings, with or without
corrosion-resistant linings, for acid and caustic service?
Reply (2): Yes, unless the chemical concentration in the system fluid is so high that it is considered
to be toxic. See Para. 122.8.2.
168
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME 831.1 9 2
0759670 0528775 918
63 1.1 Interpretations No. 20
0
20-6, 20-7, 20-8
Interpretation: 20-6
Subject:
B31.1, 102.3.2, Temperature Fatigue Cycles
Date Issued:
July 18, 1991
File:
B3 1-91-001
Question: Does theffactor in Para. 102.3.2 apply to determining allowable stresses for a dynamic
variation (vibration) superimposed on a sustained stress not exceeding the allowable?
Reply: No. Paragraph 101.5.4 addresses this subject.
e
Interpretation: 20-7
Subject:
B31.1, Hot Tapping
Date Issued:
October 2, 1991
File:
B3 1-90-023
Question: What rules apply to hot tapping of piping constructed to the rules of B31.1?
Reply: The hot tapping operation is not specifically addressed by the Code. However, all requirements that are applicable to branch connections (design, materials, fabrication, examination, and construction) and the resulting system loads also apply. If specially designed components are used, Para.
104.7.2 also applies. The conditions under which the hot tap is made (i.e., welding on material containing
fluid) shall also be considered with regard to how they affect the welding process and the resulting
material properties.
Interpretation: 20-8
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
e
Subject:
B31.1, Table 132, PWHT of P-No. 5 Socket Welds
Date Issued:
October 2, 1991
File:
B3 1-90-63R
Question: Does the term “maximum material thickness of 1% in.” as used in Table 132, P-No. 5,
Note (l)(a)(2) apply to the thicker of the materials being joined at the weld?
Reply: Yes.
169
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B3L.L
92
m
0759b70 0528776 8 5 4
m
83 1.1 Interpretations No. 20
20-9, 20-10, 20-11
Interpretation: 20-9
Subject:
B31.1, 122.8.2(B), Nominal Pipe Size
Date Issued:
October 2, 1991
File:
B3 1-9 1-011
Question: Paragraph 122.8.2(B) states: ‘‘. . . sizes 2% in. and larger and extra strong in sizes 2 in.
and smaller.’’ Are these sizes NPS 2% and NPS 2, respectively?
Reply: Y ~ s .
Interpretation: 20-1 O
Subject:
B3 1.1, 100.1.2, Power Piping Systems
Date Issued:
October 2, 1991
File:
B3 1-91-036
Question: Within a plant property line, may B31.1 jurisdiction begin at a second plant-installed
meter downstream of the gas company’s meter?
Reply: No, B31.1 jurisdiction begins at the outlet of the gas company’s metering station.
Interpretation: 20-1 1
Subject:
B31.1, 102.4.3, Weld Joint Efficiency Factors
Date Issued:
October 2, 1991
File:
B3 1-91-037
Question: May electric resistance welded (ERW)tubular products produced under SA, ASTM, Or
API specificationsbe used with a joint efficiency factor of 100% if additional requirements are met per
Table 102.4.3 of B31.11
Reply: No.
170
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B 3 L - ’ L 92
07.59670 0 5 2 8 7 7 7 790
83 1 . 1 Interpretations No. 20
20-12, 20-1 3
Interpretation: 20-1 2
Subject:
B31.1, 104.8, Stress Due to Sustained Loads
Date Issued:
November 7, 1991
File:
B3 1-90-003
Question: Does the B31.1, Para. 102.3.2(D) provide rules to evaluate the displacment effectsof a
support element (a pinned brace, for example) that loads a piping system similar to a one-time anchor
settlement?
Reply: No, but the B31.1 does offer some guidance in the Introduction. “When no Section of the
ASME Code for Pressure Piping, specifically covers a piping system, at his discretion the user may select
any Section determined to be generally applicable. However, it is cautioned that supplementary requirements to the Section chosen may be necessary to provide for a safe piping system for the intended
application. Technical limitations of the various Sections, legal requirements, and possible applicability
of other codes or standards are some of the factors to be considered by the user in determining the
applicability of any Section of this Code.”
Interpretation: 20-13
Subject:
B31.1, 127.4.11(B), Repairs to Base Materials
Date Issued:
November 7, 1991
File:
.
B3 1-91-023
Question (1): Is weld metal which is deposited on the inside diameter of a piece of pipe or fitting
solely for the purpose of being able to machine a controlled counterbore dimension considered a repair
to base material? The weld metal which is deposited does not become part of the minimum wall after
machining.
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): If the weld metal deposited above in question (1) is to be used for both machining
of a controlled counterbore dimension and for minimum wall thickness after machining, is it to be
considered a base metal repair.
Reply (2): Yes.
171
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B 3 L - I I 92
m
0759670 0528778 627
20-14, 20-15, 2916
m
i33 1 . l Interpretations No. 2 0
Interpretation: 20-14
Subject:
B31.1, 115, Use of Flared, Flareless, and Compression Type Tube Fittings.
Date Issued:
November 7, 1991
File:
B31-91-025
Question: Is it acceptable to use flared, flareless, and compression type tubing fittings not listed in
Table 126.1 provided the requirements of Para. 115 are met?
Reply: Yes. See also Para. 123.2.1
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Interpretation: 20-1 5
Subject:
B31.1, Paragraph 102.2.4,Sootblower Piping System
Date Issued:
November 7, 1991
File:
B3 1-91 -029
Question: Are the calculated stresses in a sootblower piping system due to occasional transient
operating conditions (such as conditions during operation of a safety valve) permitted to exceed the
maximum allowable stress from Appendix A by the amounts permitted in Paras. 102.24A) and (B)?
Reply: Yes; also see Para. 104.8.2
Interpretation: 20-1 0
Subject:
B3 1.1, Scope of Application
Date Issued:
November 7, 1991
File:
B3 1-91-035
Question: Does ASME B31.1 apply to piping systems within fuel cell electric generating plants?
Reply: Yes.
172
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B 3 L - l 9 2
m
0759670 0528779 5b3
B31.1
m
- Cases No. 15
The Cases are not part of ASME B31.1-1992 Edition or its Addenda
8
A Case is the official method of handling a reply to an inquiry when study indicates that the Code
wording needs clarification, or when the reply modifies the existing requirements of the Code, or grants
permission to use new materials or alternative constructions.
ASME has agreed to publish Cases issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1 as part of the
update service to B31 . I . The text of proposed new and revised Cases and reaffirmations of current
Cases appear in MechaniCa/ Engineering for public review. A notice also appears in Mechanical
Engineering when new and revised Cases are approved. New and revised Cases, as well as announcements of reaffirmed Cases and annulments, then appear in the next update. All Cases currently in effect
at the time of publication of the 1989 Edition of the Code were included in the update that immediately
followed, Interpretations No. 14 and Cases No. 9. Subsequently, all Cases currently in effect at the time
of publication of a new Edition are to be included with it as an update.
Cases No. 14, which was the update included with the 1992 Edition, contains the following Cases.
a
136-1
145
147
148
149
151
153
154
155
156
157
158
Cases 139, 143, 144, 146-1, and 150, which were included in updates to the 1989 Edition, were
allowed to expire.
The page numbers for the Cases supplements included with updates to the 1992 Edition start with
C-1 and continue consecutively through the last update to this Edition. The Cases affected by this
supplement are as follows:
Page
Location
Change
c-27
Case 159
Added
C-29
Case 160
Added
,
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B 3 L - L 7 2
O757670 0 5 2 8 7 8 0 285
CASE 159
This Case shall expire on August 31, 1995,
unless previously annulled or reaffirmed
August 1992
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPINGB31
Case 159
Use of Copper in
Construction
B31.1
C-27
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Inquiry: What additional rules apply to the
use of copper and copper alloy instrumentation
and control tubing conducting fuel gas for use
on systems which are designed in accordance
with the rules of ASME B31.1?
Re&: Materials listed in Table A-6 of
ASME B3i.1 may be used for instrumentation
and control tubing conducting fuel gas, provided that the following additional requirements are met.
(a) The design pressure shall not exceed 100
psig.
(b) Only tubing which is ih in. outside diameter or smaller may be used.
(c) Ail joints shall be made using flared ñttings. The use of brazed, screwed, or compression fittings is not permitted.
(d) Copper tubing shall not be used if the fuel
gas contains more than 0.3 grains of hydrogen
sulfide per io0 SCFM of gas.
(e) Consideration shall be given in the design
to the lower strength and melting point of copper and copper alloys as compared to steel.
Adequate support and protection from high
ambient temperatures and vibration shall be
provided.
(B Tubing shall be installed in a guarded
manner that will prevent damage during construction, operation, and service.
ASME 831.1 9 2 H 0759670 0528781 111 H
This Case shall expire on August 31, 1995,
CASE 160
August 1992
unless previously annulled or reaffirmed
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING-B31
Case 160
Exemptions from PWHT For
Nonload Carrying Attachments
in B31.1 Construction
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Inquiry: When attaching nonload carrying
studs to pressure containing materials, what
additional exemptions to mandatory PWHT
may be taken in addition to the exemptions
available in Table 132?
Reply: For P-Nos. 4 and 5 materials meeting
all of the following conditions, PWHT may be
exempted:
(a) a maximum specified chromium content
of 3.0% on the pressure containing material;
(b) a maximum specified or actual carbon
content of 0.15% on the pressure containing
material;
(c) a minimum preheat of 3WF;
(d) stud welds or fillet welds made by the
SMAW or GTAW process shall be used;
(e) the hardened portion of the heat affected
zone (HAZ) shall not encroach on the minimum wall thickness of the pipe, as determined
by welding procedure qualification using the
maximum welding heat input; the depth of the
HAZ shall be taken as the point where the
HAZ hardness does not exceed the average unaffected base metal hardness by more than
10%; and
fl if SMAW is used, the electrode shall be
the low hydrogen type.
C-29
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B 3 L - L 89
= 0759670 0503260 b
ASME B31.1
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 19
Replies to Technical Inquiries
January 1, 1991, Through June 30, 1991
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
chronological order. Each interpretation applies either to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time
of issuance of the interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply, Subsequent revisions
to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not a part of the Code or the
Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply
bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where an
interpretation is corrected by Errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons
aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As
stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not ?approve,? ?certify,?
?rate,? or ?endorse? any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
The interpretations will be issued twice a year up to the publication of the 1992 Edition.
Interpretations Nos. 2 through 7 were included with the update service to the 1983 Edition and
Interpretations Nos. 8 through 13 were included with the update service to the 1986 Edition.
Interpretations Nos. 14 through 19 will be included with the update service to the 1989 Edition.
c
155
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B 3 L - 1 89
0759670 0503263 A
B31.1
Subject
100.1.3(1), Referenced Standards for Building Services Piping.
122.1.7(A.2), Use of Butterfly Valves.,
122.2(A.l), Design Pressure for Blowoff Piping
124.6(B), Welding of Ductile Iron
127.3.3(A), Gap Requirements for Socket Welds
1986 Edition With 1988 Addenda. 127.3.1(A) and (C). Gap Between Backing Ring
and Pipe
Table 132. PWHT of Socket Welds
..........................
...............................................
........................................
...................................................
......................................
.......................................................................
O
..................................................
Interpretation
19-2
19-3
19-1
19-4
19-5
19-6
19-7
.
File No
B31-90-032
B31-90.064
B31-90-019
B31-90.065
B31-91-002
B31-90-061
B31.90.062,
B31-90-063
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
157
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B3L.l
89
0759670 0503262 T
19-1, 19-2, 19-3
831.1 Interpretations No. 19
Interpretation: 19-1
Subject:
B31.1, 122.2(A.l), Design Pressure for Blowoff Piping
Date Issued:
April 5 , 1991
File:
B31-90-019
Question: For blowoff piping described in Para. 122.2(A,1) and boiler pressures of 25û p i g or
below, is it permissible to use a value of P which is less than the lowest set pressure of any safety
valve on the boiler drum?
Reply: No. See Table 122.2, Note (1) and Para. 122.1.4(B.l).
interpretation: 19.2
Subject:
.
B31,1, 100.1,3(1), Referenced Standards for Building Services Piping
Date Issued:
April 5, 1991
File:
B31-90-032
Question: Paragraph 100,1.3(1) ‘refers to B31.9 as being applicable to the described building
services piping. When B31.9 references another standard as being applicable to certain categories
of building services piping, is it permissible to use that referenced standard instead of reverting back
to B31.1 as described in Para. 100.1.3(1)?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 19-3
Subject:
B31.1, 122.1.7(A.2), Use of Butterfly Valves
Date Issued:
April 5, 1991
File:
B31-90-064
Question: Is it permissible to substitute a butterfly valve with worm gear operator for the
outside-screw-and-yoke type valve called for in Paja. 122.1.7(A.2)?
Reply: No.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
159
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.1
89
0759b70 05032b3
II
831.1 Interpretations No. 19
19-4, 19-5, 19-6
Interpretation : 19-4
Subject:
B31.1, 124.6(B), Welding of Ductile Iron
Date Issued:
April 5 , 1991
File:
B31-90-065
Question: Does Para. 124,6(B) prohibit a seal weld from being used when a carbon steel pipe
nipple is threaded into a tapped ductile iron fitting although all other rules pertaining to seal welds
and threaded connections are followed?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 19-5
Subject:
B31.1, 127.3.3(A), Gap Requirements for Socket Welds
Date Issued:
April 5, 1991
File:
B31-91-002
Question (1):Does Para. 127.3.3(A) require that the approximately YI6in. gap required during
fitup exist after welding is completed?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Does ASME B31.1 require an examination, radiographic or otherwise, to veri@
that the fitup gap required by Para. 127.3.3(A) exists in the completed weld?
Reply (2): No.
Interpretati'on: 19-6
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Subject:
B31.1,1986 Edition With 1988 Addenda, 127.3.1(A) and (C), Gap Between Backing
Ring and Pipe
Date Issued:
April 11, 1991
File:
B31-90-061
Question: Does ASME B31.1-1986 Edition with 1988 Addenda contain rules for limiting the
gap between a backing ring and the inside diameter of the pipe?
Reply: No.
160
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
a
19-7
631.1 Interpretations No. 19
Interpretation: 19-7
Subject:
B31.1, Table 132, PWHT of Socket Welds
Date Issued:
April 11, 1991
File:
B31-90-062, B31-90-063
Question: Paragraph 132.4 defines the nominal thickness which governs postweld heat treatment
for use with Table 132. Table 132 has requirements €or nominal thickness for P-Nos. 1 and 3
materials; however, for P-No. 5 materials, the term thickness is used in the Notes. Does Para, 132.4
apply in the determination of this thickness?
161
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply: No.
~-
;ASME B 3 L - L 89 I0 7 5 9 b 7 0 O082946 4 E
a
ASME B31.1
Interpretations No, 18
This update contains Interpretations No. 18, but no cases.
O
O
Copyright @ 1991
THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
345 East 47th Street, New York, N.Y. 1O017
All Rights Reserved
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
! A S N E 831.1 89 W 0 7 5 9 b 7 0 0082947 b .
I
ASME B31.1
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 18
Replies to Technical Inquiries
July 1, 1990,Through December 31, 1990
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in.
chronological order. Each interpretation applies either to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time
of issuance of the interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions
to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not a part of the Code or the
Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply
bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where an
interpretation is corrected by Errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the inferpretation. Further, persons
aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As
stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certify,”
“rate,” or ‘cendorse’’any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
The interpretations will be issued twice a year up to the publication of the 1992 Edition.
Interpretations Nos, 2 through 7 were included with the update service to the 1983 Edition and
Interpretations Nos. 8 through 13 were included with the update service to the 1986 Edition.
Interpretations Nos. 14 through 19 will be included with the update service to the 1989 Edition.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
147
IASME B31.L
89
m O759670
0082948 8
m
B31.1
Subject
119.7 and Appendix D; Flexibility Analysis for Lateral Connections.
119.10.1, Cold Spring
124.1, Design for Low Temperature Operation
Expected Service Life.. Y
Fig 127.4.8(E), Tolerance on Root Gap
Operational Limits
Thickness of Branch Connections
O
.
.....................
..............................................................
.........................................
.. .........................................................
..............................................
.................................................................
....................................................
Interpretation
18-6
18-5
18-7
18-1
18-2
18-3
18-4
.
File No
B31-90-25B
B31-90-024
€331-90-036
B31-89-026
B31-89-039
B31-88-llB
B31-90-018
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
149
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
JASME B3L.L
89 8 0759b70 0082949 T
831.1 Interpretations No. 18
18-1, 18-2, 18-3
Interpretation: 18-1
Subject:
B31.1, Expected Service Life
Date Issued:
August 29, 1990
File:
B31-89-026
Question: Do the guidelines by which the allowable stresses are assigned for materials to be
used in B31.1 construction imply a specified design life for B31.1 components?
Reply: No. As described in the Introduction to B31.1, “The Code sets forth engineering requirements for safe design and construction of pressure piping. While safety is the basic concern,
this factor alone will not necessarily govern the final specifications for any piping system.” It is the
responsibility of the designer to use competent engineering judgment in determining other pertinent
factors in his final specifications, such as establishing a recommended service life for a particular
piping system.
...
Interpretation: 18-2
Subject:
B31.1, -Fig. 127.4.8(E), Tolerance on Root Gap
Date Issued:
August 29, 1990
File:
B31-89-039
Question: Does ANSI/ASME B31.1-1986 Edition permit a tolerance on the measurement and
maintenance of the
in. root gap for welded branch connections shown in Fig. 127.4.8(E)?
x6
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 18-3
Subject:
B31.1, Operational Limits
Date Issued:
December 28, 1990
File:
B31-88-llB
Question: Does ASME B31.1 allow for operation of piping at any coincident condition of
pressure and temperature that produces a stress greater than 120% of the allowable stress at the
coincident temperature?
Reply: No.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
151
! A S M E B3L.l
89 111 0757b70 0082950 b W
831.1 Interpretations No. 18
18-4,18-5, 18-6
Interpretation: 18-4
Subject:
B31.1, Thickness of Branch Connections
Date Issued:
December 28, 1990
File:
B31-90-018
Question: Is the limit for the altitude of reinforcement L , based on the header wall thickness
wherein the branch and header are almost equal and/or the thickness of the branch pipe is relatively
small with regard to the header thickness? Refer to Para. 104,3.1(D.2) of ASME B31.1.
Reply: Yes. The current requirement of basing the altitude of the reinforcement zone on a
function of the thickness of the header or branch, whichever is less, is commensurate with other
ASME piping and pressure vessel codes.
Interpretation: 18-5
Subject:
B31.1, 119.10.1, Cold Spring
Date Issued:
December 28, 1990
File:
B31-90-024
Question: When calculating minimum or maximum acceptable hot reactions for a power piping
system and taking credit for cold spring, does 119.10.1 of ASME B31.1 limit the cold spring credit
the piping system designer can take to no more than two-thirds of the cold spring that will be
provided in the construction of the piping system?
Reply: Yes,
Interpretation: 18-6
I
Subject:
B31.1, 119.7 and Appendix D; Flexibility Analysis for Lateral Connections
Date Issued:
December 28, 1990
File:
B31-90-25B
Question: Is it permissible to use the k- and i-factors from Table D-1, meant LJr a variety of
90 deg. branch connections, for lateral connections (angular branch connections with or without
added reinforcement)?
Reply: Appendix D of ASME B31.1 provides some k- and ¿-factorsfor certain types of piping
components and configurations. When performing a flexibility analysis in accordance with Para.
119.7, it is the responsibility of the designer to determine if the factors given in Appendix D may
be used, or if a comprehensive calculation is required. See Para. 119.7.3, third paragraph.
152
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
[ A S M E B3L.l
89 W O759670 0082953 B
=
831.1 Interpretations No. 18
18-7
Interpretation: 18-7
Subject:
B31.1, 124.1, Design for Low Temperature Operation
Date Issued:
December 28, 1990
File:
B31-90-036
Question: What stresses shall be used for temperatures below the lowest temperature listed in
Appendix A of ASME B31.1?
Reply: ASME B31.1 does not contain rules for design of piping systems intended for operation
at temperatures below those listed in the Stress Tables. In such cases, the Code user should be
guided by the tenth paragraph of the Introduction and the third paragraph of the Foreword to
B31.1, which address piping systems not specifically covered.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
153
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
~
ASME B 3 1 - 1 49
0757678 0503265 5 ~-
o
631.1
- Cases No. 13
(The Cases are not part of ASME 631.1-1989 Edition or its Addenda.)
O
A Case is the official method of handling a reply to an inquiry when study indicates that the Code
wording needs clarification, or when the reply modifies the existing requirements of the Code, or grants
permission to use new materials or alternative constructions.
ACME has agreed to publish Cases issued by the 631 Committee concerning 631.1 as part of the
update service to 631 .la
The text of proposed new and revised Cases and reaffirmations of current
Cases appear in Mechanical Engineering for public review. A notice also appears in Mechanical
Engineering when new and revised Cases are approved. New and revised Cases, as well as announcements of reaffirmed Cases and annulments, then appear in the next update. All Cases currently in
effect at the time of publication of the 1989 Edition of the Code were included in the update that
immediately followed, Interpretations No:14 and Cases No. 9, All Cases currently in effect at the
time of publication of the 1992 Edition will be included with it as an update.
The page numbers for the Cases supplements included with updates to the 1989 Edition start
with C-I and continue consecutively through this Cases supplement, which i s the last one to this
Edition. The Cases affected by this supplement are as follows:
Page
Location
Change
c-1
Case 136-1
(1) Reaffirmed: April 30, 1991
(2)New expiration date: April 30, 1994
c-9
Case 145
(1) Reaffirmed: July 31, 1991
(2).New expiration date: July 31, 1994
C-17
Case 148
(1) Reaffirmed: April 30, 1991
(2)New expiration date: April 30, 1994
c-19
Case 149
(1) Reaffirmed: November 30, 1991
(2) New expiration date: November 30, 1994
Case 151
C-23
Subparagraph (h) corrected by Errata
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B3L.L
89
0759b70 05032bb 7
This case shall expire oii May 31, 1992,
CASE 151
May 1989
niiicss previoirsiy aiiiiirlled or reafjritied
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING
Case 151
Use of Alloy UNS NO8925
Material in ASME B31.1
Construction
iiiquiry. May UNS NO8925 (Nickel-Chrom¡um-Molybdenum-Copper) staitiless steel material
be used for ASME 831.1 construction?
Reply. UNS NO8925 material conforming to
ASTM B 625-83, B 649-83, B 673-83 and B 677-84
may be used for ASME B31.1 construction provided that the following requirements are met.
(a) All applicable requirements of ASME B31.i
shall be met.
(6) THlS MATERIAL IS NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR USE ON BOILER EXTERNAL
PIPING.
fc) The allowable stress values shown i n Tables
1, 2, and 3 shall apply.
íd) Wrought fittings shall conform toall applicable requirements of ASTM B 366, Class WP.
fel Forged flanges and fittings shall conform to
all applicable requirements of ASTM B 462.
- €531
@ All product forms shall be furnished in the
solution annealed condition by the Material Maiiufacturer. The as-supplied material shall meet the
the mechaiiical properties of the materinl specification from which the product foini was manufactured. Heat treatnieiit after fabrication or forniing
is neither required nor prohibited. i f heat treatment is used, the solution heat treatment shall consist ofheatiiig t o a temperatureof2010"F to 2100°F
followed by quenching in water or rapidly cooling
by other means.
(g) Separate Welding Procedure Qualifications
and Performance Qualifications shall be conducted
in accordance with the requirements of Section IX
of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
(li) Welding electrodes or filler metals shall conform to one of the following:
SFA 5.1 1 ENiCrMo-3 or ENiCrMo-4
SFA 5.14 ERNiCrMo-3 or ERNiCrMo-4
Case 151 continues on
fQl/OWhO
oaae
(2-23
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B31.L
87
= 0757670
0503267 7 W
Case 1 5 1
May 1989
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - B31
TABLE 1
For Metal
Temperature Not
Exceeding, "F
Allowable Stress Values,
ksi, for Fittings, Flanges
and Seamless Pipe
-20 to
100
21.7
21.7
20.9
19.6
200
300
400
500
600
650
18.3
17.3
16.9
16.9
16.9
16.9
700
750
800
TABLE 2
For Metal
Temperature Not
Exceeding, "F
-20 t o
100
200
300
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
400
500
600
650
700
750
800
Allowable Stress Values,
ksi, for Welded Pipe Without
Filler Metal Added [Notes U), (2)l
18.4
18.4
17.8
16.7
15.6
14.7
14.4
14.4
14.4
14.4
NOTES:
(1) The allowable stress values for welded pipe without filler metal
added include a Weld Joint Efficiency Factor E of 0.85.
(2) The allowable stress values given in Table 1 may be used for
welded pipe with 100% radiography per Para. 136.4.5.
Case 151 continues on following page
C-24
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
1
ASME B3L.L
89
0 7 5 9 b 7 0 O503406
A
1
ASME B31.1
INTERPRETATIONS NO. 17
Replies to Technical Inquiries
January i, 1990, Through June 30,1990
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the 831 Committee concerning B31.1
as part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
chronological order. Each interpretation applies either to the latest Edition or Addenda at .the time
of issuance of the interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions
to the Code may have superseded the reply. These interpretations are not a part of the Code or
the Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply
bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where an
interpretation is corrected by Errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional
information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons
aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As
stated in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify,"
'Irate," or "endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
The interpretations will be issued twice a year up to the publication of the 1992 Edition.
Interpretations Nos. 2 through 7 were included with the update service to the 1983 Edition and
Interpretations Nos. 8 through 13 were included with the update service to the 1986 Edition.
interpretations Nos. 14 through I 9 will be included with the update service to the 1989 Edition.
139
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
!
-I
ASME .
B31.L
~
ô9
= 0759670 0503407
T
1
.
B31 1
Subject
100.1, Scope of Application
121.3, Use of Carbon Steel for Support Elements in Compression
127.5.3(A.3), Qualification of Welders.,
136.4, Permissible Additional NDE
Scope of Application for Hot Water Distribution Systems
Table 102.4.3, Welded Joint Efficiency Factors
.........................................................
........................
..............................................
....................................................
................................
.........................................
Interpretation
17-3
17-1
17-5
17-4
17-2
17-6
.
File No
B31-88-005
B32-88-019
B31-89-042
B31-88-020
631-88-025
831-89-025
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
141
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
!
I
ASME
B3L.L
~-
89
0759670- 0
____-
17-1, 17-2
B31 .I interpretations No. I 7
interpretation: 17-1
Subject:
831 .i , 121.3, Use of Carbon Steel for Support Elements in Compression
Date issued:
February 2 7, 1990
File:
B31-88-019
Question: May pipe supporting elements of carbon steel materials with allowable stress values
listed in Appendix A of ASME B31 .I be used in designs for compressive loading at temperatures in
excess of those temperatures for which allowable stress values are listed?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 17-2
Subject:
B31 .i , Scope of Application for Hot Water Distribution Systems
Date issued.
February 27, 1990
File:
B31-88-025
Question (I): Does ASME B31 .I apply only to piping from ASME Section I power boilers (greater
than 15 psig for steam) and hot water boilers (greater than 160 psig and/or in excess of 250"F)?
Reply (I): No.
Question (2): Does ASME 831 .i apply to nonboiler external piping of central and district heating
systems utilizing ASME Section IV hot water heating boilers (less than 160 psig and/or less than
25OoF)?
Reply (2): Yes, if the systems are designated for greater than 30 psig. See Para. IL)0.1.3(C).
Question (3): Does ASME B31 .i, Para. 100.1.3(C) require that hot water heating systems designated for greater than 30 psig come under the scope of B31 .I ?
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply (3): B31 .i may bethe applicable code for hot water heating systems designated for greater
than 30 psig. See also Para. 100.1 .3(i).
143
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
831 .I Interpretations No. 17
17.3, i 7-4
Interpretation: 17-3
Subject:
831.I, 100.1, Scope of Application
Date Issued:
March 12, 1990
File:
B31-88-005
Question (I): As used in B31.1, Para. 100.1.1 (first paragraph), what are the definitions of
auxiliary service piping, industrial and institutional plants, and central heating plants?
Reply (i):
As used in B31.i,
Para. 100.1.1 (first paragraph), auxiliary service piping is that piping
contained in systems which support the main or primary piping systems in the identified plants.
Examples of auxiliary service piping include but are not limited to water, oil, gas, and air. Industrial
and institutional plants and central heating plants are examples of facilities which may contain power
piping and auxiliary service piping. Paragraph 100.1.3 defines the only explicit exclusions from the
Code.
Question (2): Are the terms industrial and institutional buildings in Para. 100.1.3U) synonymous
with the terms industrial and institutional plants in Para, 100.1.1 ?
Reply (2): Yes.
Question (3): Are fuel gas and fuel oil piping systems within the plants mentioned in Para.
100.1.1 power piping within the scope of 831.1 when these systems are used to supply fuel to
power or heating boilers?
Reply (3): Yes, unless the piping is specifically within the scope of another B31 Code Section,
or where fuel gas piping is excluded by Para. 100.1.3U).
Interpretation: 17-4
Subject:
B31.I , 136.4, Permissible Additional NDE
Date Issued:
March 12, 1990
File:
B31-88-020
Question: For welds that require only visual examination in accordance with Table 136.4, where
the inside surface is not readily accessible, may radiographic inspection be performed and interpreted
per the acceptance standards of Para. 136.4.2?
Reply: A visual examination i s required for the accessible surface of the weld. The acceptance
criteria for examinations that are not required by the Code are not in the scope of the Code. The
acceptance criteria for these additional examinations should be based on an engineering evaluation.
144
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
I AS
8 -
17.5, 17-6
i331 .I Interpretations No. 17
Interpretation: 17-5
Subject:
831 .i,
127.5.3(A.3), Qualification of Welders
Date Issued:
April 9, 1990
File:
B31-89-041
Question: A fabricator and an owner have agreed to use a WPS (with a PQR) of a technically
competent organization. The fabricator’s welder has already qualified in accordance with ASME
Section IX using a fabricator’s WPS. This welder performance qualification would meet the requirements for performance qualification on the WPS of the technically competent organization. is it
required that a fabricator’s welder qualify using the WPS of the technically competent organization
in order for the WPS to be used?
Reply: Yes, see Paras. 127.5.3(A) and (A.3).
Interpretation: 17-6
Subject:
831 .II Table 102.4.3, Welded Joint Efficiency Factors
Date Issued:
May 7, 1990
File:
831-89-025
Question: May ASTM A 312 welded pipe, having a weld joint efficiency factor E of 0.85 as listed
in Table 3 of Appendix A, which has been examined by 100%radiography according to ASME 831.I
requirements (i986 Edition, including 1988 Addenda) qualify for a weld joint efficiency factor E of
I .O0 per Table 102.4.3?
Reply: Yes.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
145
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
I
,
ASME B 3 L - L 89 W 0 7 5 9 b 7 0 05034LL
B31.1
L
- Cases No, 12
(The Cases are not part of ASME 631 .l-1989 Edition or its Addenda.)
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
A Case is the official method of handling a reply to an inquiry when study indicates that the Code
wording needs clarification, or when the reply modifies the existing requirements of the Code, or grants
permission to use new materials or alternative constructions.
ASME has agreed to publish Cases issued by the 831 Committee concerning B31.1 as part of the
update service to B31.î. The text of proposed new and revised Cases and reaffirmations of current
Cases appear in Mechanical Engineering for public review. A notice also appears in Mechanid
Engineering when new and revised Cases are approved. New and revised Cases, as well as announcements of reaffirmed Cases and annulments, then appear in the next update. All cases currently in effect
at the time of publication of the 1989 Edition of the Code were included in the update that immediately
followed, interpretations No. i 4 and Cases No. 9.
The page numbers for the Cases supplements included with updates to the 1989 Editionstart with
C-1 and continue consecutively through the last Cases supplement to this Edition. The Cases added
by this supplement are as follows:
Page
Location
Change
C-15
Case 147
(11 Reaffirmed: August 1990
(2) New expiration date: August 3 1, 1993
c-33
Case 156
Added
c-35
Case 157
Added
c-3 7
Case 158
Added
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
i ASME
~
~
~
_
831.1 89
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
31
mI
m 0759670 0503432
This case shall expire on August 31, 1993,
tinless previously annulled or reaffirmed
CASE 156
August 1990
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING-B31
Case 156
Use of BoIts and Studs Conforming to ASTIM A 449-87 in
B31.1 Construction
Question: May bolts and studs conforming to
the requirements of ASTM A 449-87 be used
for ASME B31.1 construction?
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee
that bolts and studs meeting the requiremenfs
of ASTM A 449-87 may be used for ASME
B31.1 construction provided that the following
additional requirements are met.
(a) THIS MATERIAL IS NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR USE ON BOILER EXTERNAL
PIPING (BEP) [SEEFiGS. 1ûO.í.2(A) AND
O
01.
(6) This material shall not be used for services where the design temperatures exceed
650°F.
fc) The allowable stress values used for this
material shaU not exceed those listed in the
Table 1.
TABLE 1
Diameter
Allowable
Stress Value
[Note (1)l
Less than or equal t o 1 in.
Greater than 1in. and less
than or equal t o 1% in.
Greater than 1% in. and less
than or equal t o 3 in.
23.0 ksi
20.0 ksi
14.5 ksi
NOTE:
(1) These allowable stress values are established from a consideration of strength
only and will be satisfactory for average
service. For bolted joints, where freedom
from leakage over a long period of time
without retightening is required, lower
stress values may be necessary as determined from the relative flexibility of the
flange and bolts and corresponding relaxation properties.
e
(2-33
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
I ASME
-
B3L.L
A9
0759670 0503qL3 5
4
This case shall expire on September 30, 1993,
unless previously annulled or reaffirmed
CASE 157
September 1990
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE P I P I N G B 3 1
Case 157
Alternative Rules for Carbon
Content in Low Alloy Materials
in B1.1 Construction
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Question: What alternative rules may be used
in lieu of controlling the base material and the
weld filler material carbon content of Iow alloy
materials used a t temperatures above 85WF in
accordance with Para. 124.2(d) and Note (18)
of Table A-21
Reply: Except for 2gCr-lMo materials, the
carbon content of base metals and filler metais
need not be controlled beyond the material
specification. For 2NCr-lMo materials, the
as-deposited weid metal shall have a carbon
content greater than 0.05%; otherwise, the allowable stress listed in Table A-2 shall be reduced to 80% of the listed value.
c-35
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
CASE 1-58
November 1990
This case shall expire on November 30, 1993,
unless previously annulled or reaffirmed
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING-B31
Case 158
Alternative Bolting Materials in
B31.1 Construction
Inquiry: May bolting materials conforming
to ASTM A 193 GradeB7M and ASTM A 320
GFade L7M be used for ASMEB3 1.1 construction?
Reply: ASTM A 193 Grade B7M and ASTM
A 320 Grade L7M may be used for ASME
B31.1 construction provided that all of the following additional requirements are met.
(a) THESE MATERIALS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR USE ON BOILER EXTERNAL PIPING. SEE FIGS. 100.1.2(A)
and (B).
(b) All applicable requirements of ASME
B31.1 shall be met.
(c) The allowable stress values tabulated
below shall not be exceeded. These maferials
shall not be used at design temperatures above
those for which allowable stress values are
given in this Code Case. These allowable stress
values apply to bolting materials 21% in. in diameter and smaller.
ASTM A 193 Grade B7M and
ASTM A 320 Grade L7M
~~
~
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Temperature, "F
Aiiowable Stress, ksi
-20 to 650
700
750
800
850
9W
950
loo0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.5
16.2
12.5
8.5
4.5
e-37
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B3L.l
89
0 7 5 9 b 7 0 OO‘i5292 7 M
ASME B31.1
Interpretations No. 15
Replies to Technical Inquiries
January 1, 1989, Through June 30, 1989
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
c
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the 831 Committee concerning 831.1 as
part of the update service to the Code. The interpretations have been assigned numbers in chronological
order. Each interpretation applies to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance of the
interpretationor the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have
superseded the reply. The interpretations are not part of the Code or the Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply
bearing the original interpretationnumber with the suffix R is presented. In the case where an interpretation is corrected by Errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by an interpretationmay appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated
in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certify,” “rate,” or
“endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
The interpretations will be issued twice a year up to the publication of the 1992 Edition. Interpretations Nos. 2 through 7 were included with the update service to the 1983 Edition and Interpretations
Nos. 8 through 13 were included with the update service to the 1986 Edition. Interpretations Nos. 14
through 19 will be included with the update service to the 1989 Edition.
123
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
A S M E 831.1 8 9
m
0 7 5 7 b 7 0 OOLi5273 7
931.1
.
m
.
-
Subject
Hydrostatic Testing of Threaded Boiler External Piping ...........................
Para. 122.1.7(A), Turbine Throttle Valve in Place of a Stop Valve ..................
Para. 122.3, Rules for In-line Sensing Devices ..................................
Para. 122.4 (A.11, Desuperheaters With Integral Regulating Mechanisms ............
Para. 122.6.2 (Cl,Definition of "Blowout of Steam" ............................
Use of Materials Not Listed in Appendix A ....................................
Use of Plastic Pipe for Air Service ...........................................
Interpretation
File No.
15-1
15-6
15-7
15-3
15-4
15-2
15-5
631-86-026
631-86-027
831-88-28A
631-88-013
631-87-01 9
63 1-88-007
63 1-88-024
c
125
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ASME B 3 L . L
83
m
0759670 OO’i5294 O
m
15-1, 15-2, 15-3
831.1 Interpretations No. 15
Interpretation: 15-1
Subject:
831 .l,
Hydrostatic Testing of Threaded Boiler External Piping
Date Issued:
February 16, 1989
File:
831-86-026
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Question: Paragraph 137.3.1 of ANSI/ASME B31.1 references PG-99 of Section I for hydrostatic
testing of Boiler External Piping. Does PG-99 require the presence of an Authorized Inspector for
hydrostatic tests conducted on Boiler External Piping even when that piping i s assembled using only
threaded joints?
Reply: Yes. The rules for hydrostatic testing of Boiler External Piping apply regardless of the
method of construction used.
Interpretation: 15-2
C
Subject:
B31.1, Use of Materials Not Listed in Appendix A
Date Issued:
February 16, 1989
File:
B3 1-88-007
Question: If a material specification is listed in Table 126.1 , but a grade of the material is not listed
in Appendix A, is it permissible to use the unlisted material in B31.1 construction?
Reply: Yes, provided the use of the unlisted grade is not specifically prohibited by 831.1 [see Para.
102.3.1 (€311and that allowable stress values for that specific grade listed in Section VIII, Division 1 or
Section I are used. If allowable stress values for the unlisted grade are not given in Section VIII, Division
1 or Section I, the use of that material grade is not permitted.
Interpretation: 15-3
Subject:
Para. 122.4(A.l), Desuperheaters With Integral Regulating Mechanisms
831 .l,
Date Issued:
February 16, 1989
File:
831-88-013
Question: What rules of ANSI/ASME B31.1 apply to the use of a probe-type desuperheater with
multiple integral nozzles, a position control plug, and integral stop valve?
Reply: ANSI/ASME 831.1 does not have specific rules to cover this application. Paragraph 122.4
covers spray type desuperheater piping, but addresses the design from the basis that all of the components are separate. ANSI/ASME 831.1 does not intentionally place limits on new technological developments that meet basic safety requirements of the Code.
127
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
.
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
c1)
ASME B3L.l
89
m 0759670
0045275 2
m
831.1 interpretations No. 15
154,15-5
Interpretation: 15-4
Subject:
831 .l,
Para. 122.6.2(C), Definition of “Blowout of Steam”
Date Issued:
March 21, 1989
File:
831-87-019
Question: What is the definition of the term “Blowout of steam” as used in Para. 122.6.2(C)?
Reply: “Blowout of steam,” as utilized in Para. 122.6.2(C), is the reversal of relieving-steam flow
(blowback) from the vent line entrance, typically as a result of insufficient flow-area within-the vent
system.
Subject:
B31.1, Use of Plastic Pipe for Air Service
Date Issued:
March 21, 1989
File:
83 1-88-024
Question (11: Paragraph 105.3 permits the use of polyvinyl chloride piping and polyethylene
piping in air service under specified conditions. Does the Code permit polyvinyl chloride piping in air
service at up to 150 psig and 140°F., and polyethylene piping in air service at up to 150 psig and 120
OF.?
Reply (11: No. Specified conditions are those limits which are recommendedby the manufacturer
for the fluid service involved. The pressure/temperature limits in Para. 105.3 were intended for water
service only and are the maximum pressure and temperature permitted regardless of what the manufacturer recommends.
Question (2): Is Appendix III applicable to air service?
Reply (2): No. See Para. 111-1.2.2.
128
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Interpretation: 15-5
ASME B 3 L . L
87
0757670 O045276 4
15-6,15-7
831.1 Interpretations No. 1 5
Interpretation: 15-6
Subject:
B31.1, Para. 122.1.7(A), Turbine Throttle Valve in Place of a Stop Valve
Date issued:
March 27, 1989
File:
83 i-88-027
Question: For the case of a single boiler and prime mover installation, does Para. 122.1.7(A) allow
the stop valve to be omitted entirely if the prime mover throttle valve is equipped with a position
indicator to show whether the valve is open or closed and is designed to withstand the required
hydrostatic pressure test of the boiler?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 15-7
Subject:
.
B31.1, Para. 122.3, Rules for In-line Sensing Devices
Date Issued:
June 13, 1989
File:
83 i- 8 8 - 2 8 ~
Question: Does Para. 122.3 of ANSi/ASME 831.1 require that the pressure containing portion of
an in-line sensing device be designed, fabricated, examined, and tested in accordance with the rules
. of B31.11
C
Reply: Yes.
. .
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
129
.
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B7 m 0 7 5 7 6 7 0 0 0 4 5 2 7 7 h m
B31.1
- Cases No. 10
(The Cases are not part of ASME 631 .l-1989 Edition or its Addenda.)
c
-
A Case is the official method of handling a reply to an inquiry when study indicates that the Code
wording needs clarification, or when the reply modifies the existing requirements of the Code, or grants
permission to use new materials or alternative constructions.
ASME has agreed to publish Cases issued by the 831 Committee concerning 831.1 as part of the
update service to 831 .l.
The text of proposed new and revised Cases and reaffirmations of current
Cases appear in Mechanical Engineering for public review. A notice also appears in Mechanical
Engineering when new and revised Cases are approved. New and revised Cases, as well as announcements of reaffirmed Cases and annulments, then appear in the next update. All cases currently in effect
at the time of publication of the 1989 Edition of the Code were included in the update that immediately
followed, Interpretations No. 14 and Cases No. 9.
The page numbers for the Cases supplements included with updates to the 1989 Edition start with
C-1 and continue consecutively through the last Cases supplement to this Edition. The Cases added
by this supplement are as follows:
Page
Location
Change
C-23
Case 151
Added
C-27
Case 153
Added
C-29
Case 154
Added
c
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASME B 3 L . L
-
ASME B3L.L
87
0 7 5 7 6 7 0 OOLI5278 8
CASE 161
May 1989
This case shall expire on May 31, 1992,
unless previously annulled or reaflrmed
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING
Case 151
Use of Alloy UNS NO8925
Material in ASME B31.1
Construction
Inquiry. May UNS NO8925 (Nickel-Chromium-Molybdenum-Copper) stainless steel material
be used for ASME B31.1 construction?
Rep&. UNS NO8925 material conforming to
ASTM B 625-83, B 649-83, B 673-83 and B 671-84
may be used for ASME B31.1 construction provided that the following requirements are met.
(a) All applicable requirements of ASME B31.1
shall be met.
(b) THIS MATERIAL IS NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR USE ON BOILER EXTERNAL
PIPING.
(c) The allowable stress values shown in Tables
I , 2, and 3 shall apply.
(d) Wrought fittings shall conform to all applicable requirements of ASTM B 366, Class WP.
(e) Forged flanges and fittings shall conform to
all applicable requirements of ASTM B 462.
C
- B31
(B Ail product forms shall be furnished in the
solution annealed condition by the Material Manufacturer. The as-supplied material shall meet the
the mechanical properties of the material spécification from which the product form was manufactured. Heat treatment aRer fabrication or forming
is neither required nor prohibited. If heat treatment is used, the solution heat treatment shall consist of heating to a temperature of 2 0 W F to 21WF
followed by quenching in water or rapidly cooling
by other means.
(s) Separate Welding Procedure Qualifications
and Performance Qualifications shall be conducted
in accordance with the requirements of Section IX
of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
(h) Welding electrodes or filler metals shall conform to one of the following:
SFA 5.11 ENiCrMo-3 or ERNiCrMo-4
SFA 5.14 ENiCrMo-3 or ERNiCrMo-4
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Case 151 continues on following lliige
C-23
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
Case 161
May 1989
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING
- B31
TABLE 1
For Metal
Temperature Not
Exceeding, 'F
Allowable Stress Values,
ksi, for Fittings, Flanges
and Seamless Pipe
-20 to
100
200
300
400
500
600
650
700
750
800
21.7
21.7
20.9
19.6
18.3
17.3
16.9
16.9
16.9
16.9
TABLE 2
~
~
~~~
For Metal
Temperature Not
Exceeding, "F
Allowable Stress Values,
ksi, for Welded Pipe Without
Filler Metal Added [Notes (l),(2)l
-20 to
100
200
300
400
500
600
650
700
750
800
18.4
18.4
17.8
16.7
15.6
14.7
14.4
14.4
14.4
14.4
.
Case 151 continues on foliowing page
C-24
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
~~
NOTES:
(1)The allowable stress values for welded pipe without filler metal
added include a Weld Joint Efficiency Factor E of 0.85.
(2) The allowable stress values given in Table 1 may be used for
welded pipe with 100% radiography per Para. 136.4.5.
ASME B3L.l
0757670 0045300 2
87
Case 161
May 1989
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING
- Ba1
-
TABLE 3
For Metal
Temperature Not
Exceeding, 'F
Allowable Stress Values,
ksi, for Welded Pipe With
Filler Metal Added [Notes
(l),(2)l
-20 to
100
200
300
400
500
600
650
700
750
ao0
17.4
17.4
16.7
15.7
14.6
13.8
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
NOTES:
(1)The allowable stress values for welded pipe with filler metal
added include a Weld Joint Efficiency Factor E of 0.80.
(2) The allowable stress values given in Table 1 may be used for
welded pipe with 100% radiography per Para. 136.4.5.
C-25
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
e
~-
ASME B 3 3 . 3
B9
m
0759670 0 0 4 5 3 0 3 4
CASE 163
This case shall expire on November 30, 1992.
unless previously annulled or reaffirmed
November 1989
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING
Use of Alloy UNS S31803 Material
in ASME B31.1 Construction
Cese 153
Inquity. May solution annealed austenitic-ferritic stainless steel, 22Cr-5WNi-3Mo alloy (UNS
S31803), materials be used in ASME B31.1 construction?
Reply. The product specifications shown in
Table 1 for soluîion annealed ferritic-austenitic
steel, 22Cr-51hNi-3Mo alloy, may be used in the
construction of power piping complying with the
rules of ASME B3 1.1, provided the following additional requirements are met.
(1) These materials shall not be used for
Boiler External Piping. See Para. l00.1.2(A).
(2) Material shall be furnished in the heat
treated condition. The heat treatment shall be performed at 1870°F to 2010°F with subsequent
quenching in water or rapid cooling by other
means.
(3) The allowable stress values shall be as
follows:
c
For Metal
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Temperature Not
Exceeding, 'F
Max. Allowable
Stress Values, ksi
100
22.5
22.5
200
300
400
500
600
21.7
20.9
20.4
20.2
(4) All longitudinal weld joints shall be completely examined by radiography. Radiographic
examination shall be in accordance with the re-
m
- B31
-
quirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, latest Edition, UW-51.
(5) The Welding Procedure Qualification and
Performance Qualifications shall be conducted in
accordance with Section IX.For qualifying welding procedures, the material shall be considered as
P-No. 10H Gr. No. 1 of QW-422.
(6) Heat treatment after forming or fabrication is neither required nor prohibited [except as
noted in Para. (7)(e)], but any heat treatment applied shall be performed at 1870°F to 201(rF, followed by a rapid cool.
(7) Plate may be made into longitudinally
welded pipe with filler metal added. Requirements
of A 790 shall be met with the following modifications.
(a) The welds shall be made by an electric
arc process involving the deposition of filler metal.
(6) The joints shall be full penetration double-welded or single-welded butt joints employing
fusion welding processes, as defined under "Definitions," ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,
Section IX.Where backing rings or strips are employed, the ring or strip material shall be of the
same P-Number (QW-422 of Section IX)as the
plate being joined. Backing rings or strips shall be
completely removed after welding, prior to any
required radiography, and the exposed weld surface shall be examined visually for conformance to
the requirements of the following paragraph.
Welds made by procedures employing backing
rings which remain in' place are prohibited.
(e) The weld surface on the O.D. side of the
pipe shall be flush with the base plate or shall have
a reasonably uniform crown in accordance with
Table 127.4.2 in the Code. The weld surface on the
I.D. side of the reinforcement may be removed at
the manufacturer's option or by agreement between the manufacturer and purchaser. The contour of the reinforcement shall be reasonably
Case 153 continues on followingpage
C-27
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
Case 153
November 1989
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING
- B31
smooth and free of irregularities. The deposited
metal shall be fused uniformly into the plate
surface. No concavity of contour is permitted
unless the resulting thickness of the weid metal
is equal to or greater than the minimum thickness of the adjacent base metal.
(d) Weld defects shall be repaired by
removal to sound metal and rewelding. Subsequent heat treatment and inspection shall be as
required on the original welds.
(e) All welding shall be done prior to
heat treatment. After welding, solution heat
treatment shall be in accordance with para. 2.
(8) CAUTIONARY NOTE This Case
allows the use of this material only for the tem, perature range given in Para. (3). This material
may be expected to exhibit embrittlement at
room temperature after service above W F .
TABLE 1
ASTM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Piping
Tubing
Forgings
Plate, Sheet, and Strip
Bars and Shapes
Wrought Piping Fittings
A
A
A
A
A
A
790-87
789-87
182-87
240-87
276-87
815-86
C-28
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
o
CASE 164
October 1989
This case shall expire on October 31. 1992.
unless previously annulled or reaflrmed
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING
Case 154
- c
Use of AUoy UNS Nûóû22 Material
in ASME B31.1 Construction
Inquiry. May nickel-chromium-molybdenumtungsten alloy (UNS N06022) materials be used for
ASME B31.1 construction?
Repb. Yes,the product specificationsshown in
Table 1 for nickel-chromium-molybdenum-tungsten alloy (UNS N06022) may be used in the construction of power piping complying with the rules
of ASME B31.1, provided the following additional
requirements are met.
(I) These materials shall not be used for
Boiler Extemal Piping. See Para. iûû.1.2(A).
(2) The maximum allowable stress values
shall be as shown in Table 2. (Values listed shall be
multiplied by a joint efficiency factor of 0.85 for
longitudinally welded components.)
(3) Welded fabrication shall conform to the
applicable requirements of B3 1.1.
- B31
(a) Welding Procedure and Performance
Qualifications shall be conducted in accordance
with Section IX, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code.
(b) All filler metal, including consumable
insert material, shall comply with the requirements
of Section IX.
(c) When welding repair of a defect is required, it shall be in accordance with ASME
B31.1. para. 127.4.11. When a defect is removed
but welding repair is unnecessary, the surface shall
be contoured to eliminate any sharp notches or
comers. The contoured surface shall be reinspected by the same means originally used for
locating the defect to assure it has been completely
removed.
(d) Heat treatment after fabrication is optional.
TABLE 1
ASTM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
B 622-87a
B 619-87a
B 626-87a
B 366-88
B 574-85
B 575-86a
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Seamless Piping & Tubing
Welded Piping
Welded Tubing
Wrought Pipe Fittings
Bar Forging and Forging Stock
Plate, Sheet, and Strip
Case 154 continues on following page
C-29
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
I
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
o
ASME B 3 L . L
8 9 W 0759670 OOLi53OLi T
?
Case 164
October 1989
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING
- B31
TABLE 2
For Metal
Temperature Not
Maximum Allowable
Stress, ksi
Exceeding, "F
[Note (113
Maximum Allowable
Stress, ksi
25.0
25.0
24.8
23.9
23.2
22.7
22.6
22.4
22.3
22.2
25.0
25.0
24.5
22.7
21.2
20.1
19.6
19.2
18.9
18.6
100
200
300
400
500
600
650
700
750
800
NOTE
(1) Due t o the relatively low yield strength of these materials, these
hlgher stress values were established a t temperatures where the
short time tensile properties govern t o permit the use of these
alloys where slightly greater deformation is acceptable. These
higher stress values exceed 67%, but do not exceed 90% of the
yield strength a t temperature. Use of these stresses may result
in dimensional changes due to permanent strain. These stress
values are not recommended for the flanges of gasketed joints
or other applications where slight amounts of distortion can
cause leakage or malfunction.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
C-30
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
A
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ANSI/ASME €331.1
1nterpretatio.ns No. 13
Replies to Tecknical Inquiries
January 1, 1988, Tnrough June 30, 1988
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the 611 Committee concerning 83 1.1 as
part of the update service to the Code. The interpretationshave been assigned numbers in chronological
order. Each interpretation applies to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance of the
interpretationor the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have
superseded the reply. The interpretations are not part of the Code or the Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a”technica1 nature. In these cases, a revised reply
bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R is presented. In the case where an interpretation is corrected by Errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inqulrer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated
in the Statement of Policy i n the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certify,” “rate,“ or
“endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
The interpretationswill be issued twice a year up to ihe publication of the 1989 Edition. interpretations Nos. 2 through 7 were included with the update service io the 1983 Edition. InterpretationsNos.
8 through 13 will be included with the update service tci the 1986 Edition.
10
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
_-
B 3 1.I
Subject
Pan. 1275.3W. &lificatlon and Docurnentatioo of Welding Procedurs . .. . . . . . . .
Para. 136.4.2. &plication of visual Examinatloo
.. . , ...- . ...... . . . . . . . .
.. . . . .... .
Interpretation
File No.
13-2
13-1
831-87-027
831-87-0ûS
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I
111
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
_-
13-1, 13-2
i31 .lInterpretations NO. î 3
interpretation: 13-1
Subject:
Para. 136.4.2, Application of Visual Examination
Date Issued:
January 5, 1988
File:
63 1-87-005
'
Question: Does Para. 136.4.2 require visual examination of welds before, during, or after manufacture, fabrication, assembly, or test?
Reply: No. The first paragraph of Para. 736.4.2 defines visual examination. The acceptance
standards of Para. 136.42(A) apply to the completed weld. The second paragraph of Para. 136.1
specifies inspection requirements for the completed installation.
Interpretation: 13-2
Subject-
Para. 127.5.3(A), Qualification and Documentation of Welding Procedures
Date Issued:
January 5 , 1988
File:
83 1-87-027
Question (1): What is the definition of a "technicaily competent group or agency" as used in Para.
1 2 7 . 5 . 3 0 of ANSI/ASME 831 .l-1986 Edition?
Reply (1): Agreement between the fabricator and the owner determines whether an agency i s
competent t o provide the qualified welding procedures to be used and is capable of meeting the
requiremen& of Para. 127.5.3cA.l) through M.4).
Question (2): Company A had competently qualified procedures in accordance with Para. 127.5.1 Company A was dissolved and their assets (along with the fights to procedures) were purchased
to form Company B. Company 6 has the same building, the same quality control and the same welders
as Company A. May Company 8 use Company A's procedures through proper transfer by assuming
the specific responsibility per Para. 127.5.3(A.4)?
Reply (2): Yes, provided all of the rules of Para. 127.5.3(A) are met to the satisfactionof the owner.
Question (3): For the situation described above, may Company 8 transfer Company A's performance qualifications for welden in ifs employ using the procedures qualified by Company A?
Reply U): Yes, provided that all of the rules of Para. 127.5.3(8) are met to the satisfaction of the
owner.
113
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B31.1
(The CW, arc
- Cases No. 8
part of ANSI/ASME 831.1-1986 Edition or iu Addenda.)
A Case is the official method of handling a reply to an inquiry when study indicates that the Code
wording needs clarification,or when the reply modifies the existing requirementsof the Code, or grants
permission to use new materials or alternative constructions.
ASME has agreed to publish Cases issued by the 831 Committee concerning 831.1 as part of the
update sewice to 83 1 .l.The text of proposed new and revised Cases and. reaffirmations of current
Cases appear in Mechanical Engineering for public review. A notice also appears in Mechanical
Engineering when new and revised Cases are approved. Ne& and revised Cases, as well as announcements of reafíìmed Cases and annulments, then appear in the next update. Cases currently in effect
at the time of publication of a new Edition of the Code are included with it as a supplement.
The Cases affected by this supplement are as follows:
Page
Case
Change
c-9
144
(1) Reaffirmed: May 1988
( 2 ) New expiration date: May 31, 1991
c-11
145
(11 Reaffirmed: July 1988
(2) New expiration date: July 3 1, 199 1
C-13
146
(1 1 Reaffirmed: July 1988
(2) New expiration date: July 3 1, 199 1
C-29
c-31
~
149
Added
150
Added
c-27'
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
CASE 1 4 9
November 1988
lìi& cuu Aoli @re on Noum&r 3Q 1991.
u n k p>riiowfi aurulied or rrafirmeà
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PWWG
-B31
21.3
21.3
21.2
21.2
21.1
20.a
20.5
20.0
:
i
19.4
ia.7
17.1
16.7
153
,
14.3
12.9
10.3
7.0
4.3
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
C-29
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
.
CASE 1 4 9
Novnrnòer 130 8
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING
-B31
I
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
..
ANSI/ASME B31.1
Interpretations No. 10
Cases No. 5
This update contains Interpretations No. 1O and Cases No. 5.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
COPyngh t @ 1987
THE A M E R I C A N SOCIETY OF M E C H A N I C A L ENGINEERS
345 East47th S t r e e t , New York, N.Y. 10017
All Rights Rcamcd
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ANSI/ASME B31.1
Interpretations No. 10
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the 831 Committee concerning E331 . I as
part of the update service. This supplement includes interpretations concerning B31.iissued between
July 1, 1986, and December 31, 1986. They have been assigned interpretation numbers in chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance of the
interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have
superseded the reply. The interpretations are not pari of the Code or the Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply,
bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R, is presented. In the case where an
interpretation is corrected by Errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E is used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated
in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify," "rate," or
"endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
The interpretationswill be issued twice a year up to the publicationof the 1989 Edition. Interpretations Nos. 2 through 7 were included with the update service to the 1983 Edition. Interpretations Nos.
8 through 1 3 will be included with the update service to the 1986 Edition.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B31.1
Interpretation
Subiect
..
..
.
Para. 100.1.3(H), Piping Associated With Mechanical Equipment . . . . . . .. . . . .
Para. 100.2, M n i t i o n of Inherent Parabolic Internal Pipe Contour . . . . . .. .. .. . . .. .
Paras. 101.3 and 102.2, Use of Temperature Activated Stop Valves to Determine
. .. . .. . . . . . .. . . .. . . . .
Design Temperature . . . . . . ... . . ... . . .. . .
Para. 104.3.1 (C.2, Reinforcement of Openings
. .
.
. . . . . . .. . . . . .
Para. 122.6.1, Stop Valves Used With Rupture Disks .
. . . . . . .. . . . . . .
Para. 123.1, Use of Materials for Nonpressure Parts Welded to Pressure Parts . . .
Limits on Internal Weld Reinforcement.. . . . .. . ~.. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .
.
.. . . . .
...
.- .. . . .. .. . . . . .
....... . . . .
...
. ~. .
.
.
.
. . .
File No.
10-3
10-7
83 1-86-002
83 1-86-028
10-1
10-6
10-4
10-2
10-5
83 1-85-034
83 1-06-027
631 - 8 6 0 0 6
831-85-026
831-86-01 5
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
87
. ..
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
.
831.1
InterpretationsNo. 10
10-1, 10-2, 10-3
Subject:
Paras. 101.3 and 102.2, Use of Temperature Activated Stop Valves to Determine
Design Temperature
Date Issued:
August 26, 1986
File:
83 1-85-034
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Interpretation: 10-1
Question: Is it permissible to install temperature activated stop valves in a piping system that will
ensure a maximum operating temperature of less than 775'F in downstream carbon steel piping as
limited by the Notes to Table A-1 of ANSI/ASME 831 .l ?
Reply: The Code does not prohibit such an arrangement. It is the responsibility of the designer
to ensure that the maximum sustained operating temperature remains within the limitations set forth
in ANSI/ASME B31.1.
Interpretation: 10-2
Subject:
Para. 123.1, Use of Materials for Nonpressure Parts Welded to Pressure Parts
Date Issued:
November 18, 1986
File:
831-85-026
Question: Can a nonpressure-carrying welded shaped tubing purchased to ASTM A 554 be used
and welded in accordance with the rules of ANSI/ASME 831.1 to a pressure retaining material?
Reply: The rules of ANSI/ASME 831.1 do not apply to the nonpressure-retaining part described
in this inquiry. However, all effects resulting from the use of the nonpressure-retainingcomponents shall
be considered in the design of the pressure retaining part per requirements of Chapter II of the
applicable edition of 631.1. The nonpressure-retaining part may be attached by fusion welding, pro-
vided the welding meets the requirements of Chapter V.
Interpretation: 10-3
Subject:
Para. 100.1.3(H), Piping Associated With Mechanical Equipment
Date Issued:
November 18, 1986
File:
631-86-002
Question: Is the lubrication system piping for the fans associated with a power boiler installation
included within the scope of ANSI/ASME 531.1-1983 Edition, or is it excluded from the Code by the
exclusion of mechanical equipment in Para. 100.1.3(H)?
Reply: The lubrication system piping for the fans associated with a power boiler installation is
included in the scope of the B31.1 Power Piping Code; the exclusion in Para. 100.1.3(H)addresses
the mechanical equipment, but not the piping connected to the mechanical equipment.
>U -: -
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
~
.
--
-
831.1
Interpretations No. 1O
Interpretation: 10-4
Subject:
Para. 122.6.1,Stop Valves Used With Rupture Disks
Date Issued:
November 18, 1986
File:
B3 1-86-006
Question: On ANSI/ASME 831.1 power piping systems, is it permissible to install a locked-open
full area stop valve on the inlet side of a rupture disk for repair and maintenance purposes only?
Reply: No.
Interpretation: 10-5
Subject:
Limits on Internal Weld Reinforcement
Date Issued:
November 18, 1986
File:
831-86-015
Question: Is it acceptable for the Owner to specify in contract documents a limitation on internal
weld reinforcement on single welded butt joints?
Reply: it is not the policy of the 831.1 Committee to comment on the contractual agreements
between the Owner and fabricator that are beyond the scope of ANSI/ASME 831 -1.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Interpretation: 10-6
Subject:
Para. 104.3.1(C.2), Reinforcement of Openings
Date Issued:
November 18, 1986
File:
831-86-027
Question: Is it the intent of ANSI 631 .l-1977Edition that a branch connection conforming to the
requirements of Para. 104.3.1 (C.2) is sufficiently reinforcedthat a stress intensification factor need not
be applied at the run pipe and branch intersection?
Reply: No. The intent of Para. 104.3.1(C.2) is to permit use of this construction without supporting
calculation of reinforcement for pressure loading.
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
-
.
83 1 .l Interpretations No. 1O
10-7
Interpretation: 10-7
Subject:
Para. 100.2,Definition of Inherent Parabolic Internal Pipe Contour
Date Issued:
November 18, 1986
File:
B31-86-028
Question: What is meant by the phrase ”inherent parabolic internal pipe contour” contained in
the definition of centrifugally cast pipe in Para. 100.2 of ANSI/ASME 831.1-1986 Edition?
Reply: The definition of centrifugally cast pipe was added to the 831.1 Power Piping Code with
the 1967 Edition following acceptance of this material for code piping applications. As a result of the
casting process, the internal surface may not be truly round and may consist of paraboloidal shapes
(sections). Sections that are parallel to the plane of symmetry are parabolic in shape. Sections perpendicular to the plane of symmetry are either ellipses (elliptic paraboloids), hyperbolas (hyperbolic
paraboloids), or circles (paraboloids of revolution).
91
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
. .
B31.1
- Cases No. 5
(-lhe Cases are not part of ANSüAWE 831 .l-1986 Edition or its Addenda and are induded for information only.)
A Case is the official method of handling a reply to an inquiry when study indicates that the Code
wording needs clarification, or when the reply modifies the existing requirements ofthe Code, or grants
permission to use new materiais or alternative constructions.
ASME has agreed to publish Cases issued by the B31 Committee concerning 831.7 as part of the
update service to 831.1. The text of proposed new and revised Cases and reaffirmations of current
Cases appear in Mechanical Engineering for public review. A notice also appears in Mechanical Engineering when new and revised Cases are approved. New and revised Cases, as well as announcements
of reaffirmed Cases and annulments, then appear in the next update. Cases currently in effect at the
time of publication of a new Edition of the Code are included with it as a supplement.
The Cases affected by this supplement are as follows:
Page
Case
îhange
C-3 (Cases No. 4)
136
(11 Reaffirmed December 1986
( 2 ) New expiration date December 31, 1989
C-5 (Cases No. 4)
139
(11 Reaffirmed December 1986
(2) New expiration date December 31, 1989
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
c-15
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
I
ANSI/ASME B31 .l
Interpretations No. 9
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B3 1 Committee concerning 831.1 as
part of the update service. This supplement includes interpretations concerning 83 1.i issued between
January 1, 1986, and June30, 1986. They have been assigned interpretation numbers in chronological
order. Each interpretation applies to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance of the
interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have
superseded the reply. The interpretations are not part of the Code or the Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. in some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply,
bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R, is presented. In the case where an
interpretation is corrected by Errata, the original interpretation number with the suffix E i s used.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated
in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify," "rate," or
"endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
The interpretations will be issued twice a year up to the publication of the 1989 Edition. Interpretations Nos. 2 through 7 were included with the update service to the 1983 Edition. Interpretations Nos.
8 through 13 will be included with the update service to the 1986 Edition.
71
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
.
.
831 .I
Interpretation
Subject
Para. 102.2.5(81 Pressure Reducing Valves in Steam Distribution Systems .......... ..
Para 104.3.1(C.2), Design of Thermowell Connections ......................
Para 115, Use of A 276 and A 479 in 831.1 Construction
Appendix A. Allowable Stresses for A 139 Cr. B Spiral Welded Pipe ...........
Appendix A. Table A.3. Use of CF3M and 316L at Temperatures Above 850'F ...
Table A-4. Allowable Stresses for 8 407. Alloy 800. Hot Annealed .............
Addition of ASTM A 194 Materials to Table 126.1
Allowable Stresses for Carbon Steels ......................................
Maximum Site of Socket Welded Components
Temperature Limits for Soldered Joints ....................................
Underground District Heating Systems Restrained Piping .....................
Use of Cast Iron Thimbles and Valve Bodies in Boiler External Piping ...........
Welding of identification Tags ...........................................
.
.
...................
..........................
..............................
9-8
9-2
9-1 O
9-1 1
9-4
9-9
1.22E
4-3E'
9-6
9-7
9-5
9-1
9-3
File No.
831-85-019
831-85-004
83 1-85-038
83 1-85-040
831-85-025
83 1-85-035
1436
1599
631-84-018
831-84-21 8
831-83-015
53 1-83-021
831-85-009
'The letter E indicates a reply which was corrected by Errata.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
73
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
User=Mohamed, Noureldin
_ _Licensee=BP
. . . .International/5928366101,
- ..
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
.
- ._
831.1 Interpretations No. 9
1-22E
Interpretation: 1-22E
i
Subject:
Addition of ASTM A 194 Materials to Table 126.1
Date issued:
October 6, 1980
File:
1436
Question: Would the Committee consider adding ASTM A 194 Grades CZ-100, M-35, N-l2M-1,
N-l2M-2, CY-40, CW-12M-1, and CW-12M-2 to the list of acceptable cast materials in Table 126.1
of ANSI/ASME 631.1 ? What allowable stress values shall apply?
75
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply: Allowable stress values for materials accepted by this Committee are taken from the ASME
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I or Section VIII, Division I, or are established by reference
to an ASTM specification for equivalent material when values for the equivalent material are shown
in Section I or Section VIII, Division I. In the absence of published allowable stress values for ASTM
A 194 material, or equivalent material in ASME Section I or Section VI11, Division I, it is the opinion
of the Committee that this material is unacceptable for ANSI/ASME 631.1 components.
ASME Section VI11 has published Code Case 1349-1 which permits the use of and lists allowable
stress values at temperature for ASTM A 194-76 Grade CW-12M-1 only. The Committee is presently
considering approval of a Case based on the ASME Section VI11 Case. In the event approval by B31.1
takes place, such a case will be published in Mechanical Engineering magazine.
Allowable stress values are established by ASME for new materials in accordance with the policy
spelled out in the ASME Boiler and PressureVessel Code, Section I, Appendix, A-75 through A-80 and
A-150, or Section VIII, Division 1, Appendix B, UA-1 10 through UA-115 and Appendix P, UA-500.
Approval of ASTM A 194 and the establishment of allowable stress values may be pursued through
one of these channels.
-
-
.
__
<
-
---
..
-
-- -
%
631.1 Interpretations No. 9
4-3E
Interpretation: 4-3E
Subject:
Allowable Stresses for Carbon Steels
Date issued:
July 14, 1983
File:
1599
Appendix A, Table A-1 not list allowable stresses for
Question (1): Why does ANSI/ASME 831 .l,
carbon steels, such as ASME SA-106 Grade 8, at temperatures above 800'F?
Reply (1): The reason is given in Note (3)of Table A-1, which states, "upon prolonged exposure
to temperature above 775"F, the carbide phase of carbon steel may be converted to graphite."
Question (2): Some other Codes, such as the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I,
do list allowable stresses for carbon steels at temperatures above 800°F. Is it the intention of the
Committee to include in Table A-1 of ANSI/ASME 831.1 allowable stresses for carbon steels at
temperatures above 800'F?
Reply (2): The stress values given in Table PG-23.1 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,
Section I for carbon steels at temperatures above 800°F are shown with parentheses. Note (b)of Table
PC-23.1 states, "stress values shown in parentheses are permissible but, except for tubular products
3 in. 0.0.or less enclosed within the boiler setting, use of these materials at these temperatures is not
current practice under Section I." It is not appropriate to add these stress values to Table A-1 of
ANSI/ASME 831 . l .
Question (3): Does the Committee consider it acceptable to exceed the 800°F temperature figure
for operation of ASME SA-106 Grade B pipework for a limited time period (up to 5000 hr) or an
extended time period (up to 50,000 hr)?
Reply (3): Such usage is not acceptable as it does not comply with the requirements of ANSI/ASME 631.1.
76
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
__
-
. / I
631.1 Interpretations No. 9
--
9-1,9-2
Interpretation: 9-1
Subject:
Use of Cast Iron Thimbles and Valve Bodies in Boiler External Piping
Date Issued:
January 14, 1986
File:
83 1-83-02 1
Question: According to ANSI/ASME 631.1 1983 Edition, may a cast iron thimble be mounted
between an extra heavy flange and a standard flange located between a boiler and the first stop valve,
and may a valve with a cast iron body be attached directly to a flange on the boiler proper?
Reply: The cast iron components described in the Question are considered to be within the
jurisdictional limit of Boiler External Piping [reference Fig. 100.1.2 (B)]. Cast iron materials conforming
to ASTM A 126, A 278, and A 395 may be used for such components. Pressure and temperature
limitations on the use of these materials are contained in Paras. 123.2.4 and 123.2.6 and in Table A-5,
Note (5). Limitations on the use of these materials for boiler external piping are contained in Paras.
122.1.3 (6.31, 122.1.7 (CS),122.1.7 (C.61, and in Table A-5, Notes (71, (81, and (9). Particular note
should be taken of the warning given in Para. 123.2.4 regarding the use of cast iron where thermal
or mechanical shock may occur.
Interpretation: 9-2
Subject:
Para. 104.3.1 (C.21, Design of Thermowell Connections
Date Issued:
January 14, 1986
File:
831-85-004
Question (I): Is it acceptable to fabricate a thermowell connection in accordance with the rules
of Para. 104.3.1 (C.2) of ANSi/ASME 631.l-1983 Edition?
Reply (1): Yes.
Question (2): Is is acceptable to use a fitting, other than a coupling or half-coupling built in
accordance with ANSI/ASME 616.1 1, to fabricate such a connection?
Reply (2): Yes, provided that all of the requirements of Para. 104.3.1 or Para. 104.7 are met.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
77
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
831.1 Interpretations No. 9
9-3,9-4
Interpretation: 9-3
Subject
Welding of Identification Tags
Date Issued:
January 14, 1986
File:
B31-85-009
Question: When welding a nonpressure part, such as an identification tag, to a pressure part using
tack welds, is it permissible under ANSI/ASME 831.1-1983 Edition, to use an unqualified welding
procedure and welding operator?
Reply: No, these are considered to be attachment welds and the rules of Chapter V of ANWASME
831 .l- i 983 Edition must be met.
Interpretation: 9 4
Subject:
Appendix A, Table A-3, Use of CF3M and 316L at Temperatures Above 850 F
Date Issued:
January 14, 1986
File:
B3 1-85-025
Question (i):
Why does Table A-3 in Appendix A of ANSI/ASME B31.1 not l i s t allowable stress
values for low carbon grades of stainless steel (e.g., Type CF3M and 31 6L) at temperatures above
850'F?
Reply (i): The ASTM specifications for the low c a h n grades of stainless steel limit the carbon
content to less than 0.04%. The properties of stainless steels with carbon contents less than 0.04%
are such that they are not suitable for use at elevated temperatures.
Question (2): Why do Notes (10) and (1 3) of Table A-3 state that the listed stress values at elevated
temperatures apply only when the carbon content is 0.04% or higher?
Reply (2): These notes are applied to grades of stainless steel for which no minimum carbon
content is required in the ASTM specification. These notes ensure that such materials are suitable for
use at elevated temperatures. These notes are not required for the low carbon grades of stainless steel
because allowable stress values at elevated temperatures are not listed for them.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
-
.
._
831.1 Interpretations No. 9
9-5
Interpretation: 9-5
Subject:
Underground District Heating Systems Restrained Piping
Date Issued:
March 6, 1986
File:
831-83415
Question: Direct burial of preinsulatedpiping for low temperature (250°F) district heating distribution is common practice in Europe and is now being marketed in the United States with the warning
that it is not in conformance with ANSI/ASME 831.1 Power Piping. Is the installation of piping which
is constrained by its burial acceptable under the rules of B31.1?
Reply: ANSI/ASME 831 .l-1983 Edition does not prohibit the use of buried restrained piping for
district heating distribution service. However, neither does it provide specific rules for its design and
installation.
79
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
-.
1
.
.
.
.
.-.
- -
9-6
631.1 Interpretations No. 9
Interpretation: 9-6
Subject:
Maximum Size of Socket Welded Components
Date Issued:
March 6, 1986
File:
B3 1-84-018
Question: What are the size limitations for the use of socket weld connections in ANSI/ASME
83 1.1-1 983 Edition?
Reply: The size limitations for socket weid conneciions are shown in the following table.
Limiiation on
Maximum Size
Connection Type
Flanges:
Boiler external piping [reference
100.1.2, (A)]
Non-BEP
831.1
Reference
3 in. for Class 600 and lower; 2% for
Class 1500
See Note (1)
Para. 122.1.10)
Para. 106.1(A)
Para. 106.1 (A)
Fittings (except branch connections) in See Note (2)
accordance with standards in Table
126.1
Branch fittings in accordance with
standards in Table 126.1
See Note (2)
Para. 104.3.1(8.1)
Weld outlet branch fitting, except
See Note ( 2 )
Para. .104.3.1(8.2)
Coupling used as branch connection
3 in. NPS
Para. 104.3.1íB.2)
Welding branch directly to run,
without fittina
2 in. NPS or
Para. 104.3.1(B.4.1.1)
Y
' 4 nominal size of run,
whichever i s smaller
NOTES:
( i ) No specific sire limit is imposed by 831 .l;
however, ANSI Bl6.S limits Class 600 and lower to 3 in.
and Class 1500 to 2% in.
( 2 ) No specific size limit is imposed by 831 .l; however, ANSI 816.11 limits mcket-weld fittings to 4 in.
size.
80
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
831.1 Interpretations No. 9
9-7
Interpretation: 9-7
Subject:
Temperature Limits for Soldered Joints
Date Issued
March 6, 1986
File:
831-8421 B
Question: May soldered joints be used for occasional loads and temperature transients above
25O'FT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply: No.
81
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
631 .l Interpretations No. 9
9-8
Subject:
Para. 102.2.5(8), Pressure Reducing Valves in Steam Distribution Systems
Date Issued:
March 6, 1986
File:
631-85-019
Question (i):
In Para. 102.5.2(8), when a second reducing valve is placed in series with another
pressure reducing valve and a downstream relief valve is not used, what is the required pressure rating
of each valve?
Reply (11: Both must be designed for the pressureand temperature conditions on the high pressure
side of the upstream valve.
Question (2): Does the requirement “Each . . . shall be individually connected to the source of
operating minimum” imply that the valves may also be connected in parallel?
Reply (2): No. They must be in series, but capable of independent operation.
Question (3): If each pressure reducing valve is set to reduce a portion of the distribution system
pressure, what are the rating requirements of the valves?
Reply (3): Both must be designed for the pressure and temperature conditions on the high pressure
side of the upstream valve.
Question (4): If a trip valve is used in lieu of the second series pressure reducing valve and is set
to close at the maximum safe working pressure of the equipment served, does 831.1 require that it
be placed downstream of the pressure reducing valve?
Reply (4): No, but it must be capable of operating independently of the pressure reducing valve
and protect both the downstream piping and the equipment served from overpressurization.
Question (5):May hand bypasses be installed around the series pressure relief valves if the
downstream system and equipment is rated at less than the upstream distribution conditions and no
relief valve is provided?
Reply (5): No.
82
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Interpretation: 9-8
831 .l Interpretations NO. 9
9-9, 9-10
Interpretation: 9-9
Subject:
Table A-4, Allowable Stresses for B 407, Alloy 800, Hot Annealed
Date Issued:
March 6, 1986
File:
831-85-035
Question: ASTM B 407 includes the following grades of material: Alloy UNS No, 8800 (75 ksi
tensile, 30 ksi yield), Alloy UNS No. 8800 (65 ksi tensile, 25 ksi yield) and Alloy UNS No. 8810 (65
ksi tensile, 25 ksi yield). Table A-4 of ANSVASME 831.1-1983 Edition contains four rows of allowable
stress values for ASTM B 407 material. Which stress values apply to which grade?
Reply: The first two rows of allowable stress values, designated alloy No. 800 (75 ksi tensile),
apply to alloy UNS No. 8800 (75 ksi tensile). The second two rows, designated alloy No. 800H (65
ksi tensile), apply to alloy UNS No. 8810 (65 ksi tensile). Table A-4 does not list allowable stress values
for alloy UNS No. 8800 (65 ksi tensile).
Interpretation: 9-10
Subject:
Para. 115, Use of A 276 and A 479 in 831.1 Construction
Date Issued:
lune 5, 1986
File:
83 1-85-038
Question (1 1: ASTM A 276 and ASTM A 479 are listed in Table 126.1 of ANSI/ASME 831.1 under
the heading "Structural Components." Allowable stress values for these materials are not listed in
Appendix A. May these materials be used to fabricate welded and compression type tube fittings?
Reply (1): Both materials may be used to fabricate compression type tube fittings in accordance
with the rules of Para. i15 of ANSI/ASME 831 .l.
ASTM A 479 material may be used to fabricate
welded tube fittings in accordance with the rules of Para. 104.7.
Question (2): What allowable stress values should be used for these materials?
Reply (2): Allowable stress values are not required for materials used in accordance with Para.
115. Stress values for ASTM A 479 are listed in Table PG-23.1 of Section I of the ASME Boiler and
PressurevesselCode. Paragraph 102.3.1 (A) of ANSI/ASME 831.1 permits the use of these stress values
for 831.1.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
83
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
-
9-11
.
.
631.1 interpretations No. 9
Interpretation: 9-11
Subject:
Appendix A, Allowable Stresses for A 139, Cr. B, Spiral Welded Pipe
Date issued:
June 5, 1986
File:
83 1-85-040
Question: The ASTM A 139 specification includes both straight seam and spiral seam pipe. Do
the stress values for A 139, listed in Table A-1, apply to both straight seam and spiral seam pipe?
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply: Yes.
84
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B31.l-Cases
No. 4
(The caser arc not part of ANSVASME B31.1 or the Addaida and are included for information only.)
A "case" is the official method of handling a reply to an Inquiry when study indicates that the Code
wording needs clarification. or when the reply modifies the existing requirements of the Code, or grants
permission to use new materials or alternative constructions.
It bas bem agreed to publish cases issued by the 3331 Committee concerning B31.1 as part of the
update service to B31.1.The text of proposed new and revised cases will appear in Mechanical Engineering for public review. A notice will also appear in Mechanical Engineering when new and revised cases
are approved. The cases will then appear with the next regularly scheduled update service.
Following this title sheet are au of the currently active cases concerning B3 1.1: Cases 136, 139, 143,
i#, 145, and 146.
c-1
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
This case &il expire on December 31,1986,
unìezJpreviousiy annulled or ruf-
CASE 130
April 1981
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - B31
-
1. The procedure and performance quaufications shaü be conduded as
inqufry: May nlckel-ironchromium ai- prescribed in Section IX of the ASME Boiîex
loys (800 and 800H) seamless condenser and and Pressure Vessel Code.
b. Welding &ali be done by MY
heat exchanger tubes, rods. and bars, seamless
pipe and tubes, plate, sheet. and strip, COR welding process or combination of processes
forming respectively to ASME Specifications capable of meeting the requisemente
L The use of fUer metal that
SB-163, SB-408. SB407, and SB409, be
Case 136
Use of Nickei-Ircm€hm
mim Alloys 800 and 800H
used in ANSI/ASME B31.1 conshuetion?
Reply: It U the opinion of the Committee that nick&iron-chromium alloy forms
as shown in Table 1 may be used in ANSI/
ASME B31.1 construction provided the
following requirements and exceptions are
satisfied:
1. Material shall not be used in Boiler
External Piping.
2. Maximum mitenal temperature shall
not exacd 1200'F.
3. T h e maximum allowable design
stress shall not exceed those listed in Table
IL
4. Welded fabrication shall conform
to the applicable requirements of ANSI/
ASME B31.1.
will deposit weld metal with the same compcsition as the material joined ir recommended.
When the manufacturer Y of the opinion that
a better corrosion-resistant joint can be made
by departure from these Limits, finer metal of
a different composition may be uscd provided
the strength of the weid metal at the operating temperature is not less than that of the
high-alloy m a t e d to be welded, and user is
satisfied that its resistance to conosion U
satisfactory for the intended semice.
d. Heat treatment after forming
or fabrication is neither requlcd nor prohibited.
TABLE I
Seamless Condenser and Heat
s6-163
sB-407
SB-408
SB409
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Exchanger Tuba
Seamless Pipe end Tube
R o h and Ban
Plate, Sheet and Strip
Cese 736 continues on followingpage.
c-3
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
..
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING
- B31
TABLE II
For b l
Tampeirtunr
Not Exceeding CF)
100
200
300
400
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
90
950
lo00
1050
1100
1150
1200
-,
Alloy 800
18.7
18.7
17.9
17.2
16.7
163
16.1
15.9
15.7
15.5
15.3
15.1
14.9
14.7
14.5
13.0
9.8
6.6
18.7l
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.6
18.6
18.5
18.5
18.3
18.2
17.9
17.6
17.0
13.0
9.8
6.6
M
Alloy ûOûH
16.2
16.4
14.5
13.5
12.9
12.2
11.9
11.7
11.4
11.1
10.9
10.7
10.5
10.3
10.1
10.0
9.8
8.4
1611
16.2
16.2
16.2
161)
16.0
16.0
15.7
15.4
15.3
15.1
14.8
14.6
14.4
13.7
13.5
11.2
8.4
lDue to the relatively low yield strength of these materials, the higher srreo
wnlues were established et temperatures where the short-time tensile properties govern t o permit the use of these alloys where slightly greater Wormstion i s acceptable. These higher s t i e s velues exceed 62.5% but do not cxd90% of their yield strength a t temperature. Use of these stresses may re
ruh i n dimensional chan- due to permenent strain. These s t r e u valuer are
not nrcornrnmded for the flanges of gerketed joints or other applications
where slight amounts of distortion can cause leekage w molfunetion.
C4
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
-
.
._
.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
. ..
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
. ..
..
This case &On expire on December 31, 1986.
unles, previously annulled or r e a f m e d
Cam 139
July 1982
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING
- B31
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Cue 139 - Ruks for the IJæ of ASME SB-265and ASME SB-337MateriiL< in A.NSI/ASME
B31.1. CoMtniction
~
I
Inquby: What additionai rules shali apply to the use of materiais conforming to ASME
SB-265and ASME SB-337 for the construction of piping m accordance with ANSl/ASME
B31.11
Reply: The following additionai rules shall apply to the use of ASME SB-265and ASME
SB-337materials for construction of piping in accordana with ANSI/ASME B31.1:
1. The following maximum allowaöle stress vahies shall appiy to ASME SB-265 material
and ASME SE337 stamless pipe :
Metai Temperptrue
Not Exceeding ep>
GR1
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
8.8
8.1
7.3
6.5
5.8
5.2
4.8
45
4.1
3.6
3.1
M a m i u m Allowable Strcsr Vainca
in Tendon @csii
GR 2
GR 3
16.3
125
15.6
12.0
10.9
14.3
9.9
13.0
9.0
11.7
8.4
10.4
7.7
9.3
1.2
8.3
6.6
7.5
6.2
6.7
5.7
6.0
2. The stress vaiues W e d in I. may be interpolated t o determine &es
temperatures.
GR 7
12s
12.0
10.9
9.9
9.0
8.4
7.7
7.2
6.6
6.2
5.7
for intermediate
3. For ASME SB-337welded pipe and ASME SB-265material formed into welded pipe, an
efficiency factor of 0.85 shall be applied to the allowable stress vahies iisted in 1.
4.Fiüer mctai shall not be used in the manufacture of welded pipe.
5. Pipe shall comply with all the rquiremenrs of ASME SB-337,with the exception of
dimensional requirements. Pipe dimensions shall comply with the rquirernents of ANSI
B36.19-1976.
C-5
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
CASE 143
April 1985
mis cose shall q i r e on Marth 31.1988.
unles previousiy annulled or re&nned
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING
Cu0 143
- B31
Use of Grides 3û4and 304HAustenitic Stainless Steel Pipina Miteiinls for EievatedTemperature Senice in ANSUASME 831.1 Construction
Inquiry: May M e s 306 and 3û4H austenitic stainless steel piping materials be wd for design tempaatures above 1u301: up to and including I S W F for ANSVASME B31.1 construction? What allowable strus
valua m a y k used?
Reply; It is the opinion of the Committee tbat the metaials listed in Table I m y be used for ANSVASME
B31.1 construction for design temperaturesup to and including 1SOOT. 'The maximum allowablestrssvdus
for rcmpcratures above 1 Z W F are listai in Table n.
TABLE I
Seamless Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe
ASTM A 312 Grades 304 and 304H
Seamless Austenltic Stainless Steel Pipe
ASTM A 376 Grades 304 and Grades 304H
-
Welded Without Filler Metal
Austenitic
Stainless Steel Pipe ASTM A 312 Grade 304
and 304H
Welded With Filler Metal Added -Austenitic
Stainless Steel Pipe ASTM A 358 Grade 304
Stainless Steel Plate ASTM A 240 Grade 304
Stainless Steel Forgings ASTM A 182 Grades
F304 and F304H
Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe Fittings ASTM A 403 Grades WP304 and
WP304H
Case 143 contimu on fr>/lowingpaw.
c-7
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
__
..
..
.
.
.
--
. ~.
.
- . . .. __
CASE 143
April 1985
TABLE II
~
Type or
Material
Spec.
No.
Class
Grade
Nota
~
_
_
-
Maximum Allowable Stress Values in Tension in Thousands of
Pounds pcr Q u a r e Inch for Metal Temp.,T., Not Exceeding
1250
WK)
UM
1400
14%
1500
Seamless Pipe
18Cr-ôNi
IÆCr-âNí
A 312
A 312
TP304
TP304H
18Cr-8Ni
18Cr-BNi
A 376
A 376
TP304
TP304H
Electric Fusion Welded Pipe
1BCr-ûNi
18Cr4Ni
A 312
A 312
(21
...
4.7
4.7
(2)
4.7
4.7
...
- Without Filler Metal
fP304
...
.. .
TP304H
Electric Fusion Welded Pipe
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1ûCr-ôNi
18CraNi
...
...
...
...
3.7
2.9
2.9
2.3
2.3
1.8
1.8
1.4
1.4
3.7
2.9
2.9
2.3
2.3
1.8
1.8
1.4
1.4
4.0
4.0
3.1
3.1
2.5
25
2.0
2.0
1.5
1.5
1.2
1.2
4.7
3.7
3.7
- Filler Metal Added
A 358
A 358
304
304
183
2
4.2
3.7
3.3
2.9
2.6
23
2.1
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.3
A 240
304
...
4.7
3.7
2.9
2.3
1.8
1.4
4.7
4.7
3.7
2.9
2.9
2.3
2.3
1.8
1.8
1.4
1.4
4.7
4.0
4.7
4.0
3.7
2.9
2.5
2.9
25
2.3
1.8
1.5
1.8
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.5
1.2
Plate
16Cr-ûNi
Forgings and Fittings (Seamless and Welded)
18Cr-ûNi
18Cr4Ni
A 182
A 182
004
F304H
18Cr-âNi
18Cr-âNi
18Cr-âNi
îBCr-6Ni
A 403
A 403
A 403
A 403
WP304
WP304
~~
~
...
...
(2)
...
WP-5
WP-w
W P ~ H
WP-s
WP304H
WP-W
~
~
~~~~
~
3.7
3.1
3.7
3.1
2.0
2.3
2.0
~~
~
NOTES:
(1) This material is not acceptable for boiler external piping.
(2) These values only apply when the carbon is 0.04% or higher for base material and filler metal.
(3) These streu values include a joint efficiency factor of 0.85.
(4) These stress values include a joint efficiency factor of 0.90.
(5) Material must be heat treated by heating it to a minimum temperature of 190QF and quenching in water or rapidly cooling by other means.
C-8
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
CASE 144
June 1985
ïñnis caw shall upiw on May 31. 1984
unles previoruly onnulled or mflmeá
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING
cw
144
- B31
U= or vuv- conforming to MSS sp-84
Inquiry: May valves conforming to MSS SP-64 (1978 edition) be used for ANSVASME B31.1 pipiq
systems?
Rep&: Yes, provided that all valves are designed such that the valve stem is retained by an m b l y which
íùnctions indcpcndmtly from the stem d retainer.
e-9
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
CASE 145
August 1985
This cace shall expire on July 31. I988.
unles previousiy annulled or mafinneà
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING
Case 145
Nickel-Molybdenum-Chrom-Qromfpm
AUOP (UNS NlO27Q. ANSVASME B31.1 Construction
Inquiry: May nickel-molybdcnum-chomium
(UNS N10276) ñttings rod. plate. and ship.
d e s s and welded pipe and tube conforming to
ASTM B 366, B 514, B 575, B 619,B 622,and B
626 be uscd for ANSVASME B31.1 construction?
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committœ that
xúckel-molytdcnum-chromium
alloy
(UNS
doy
Nl0276)~~beuscdinANSI/ASMEB31.1
COUstruction provided:
( I ) thc maximum allowable stress values for
the material shall be those pivm in Table I. For
weldai components, these values shall be multiplied by a factor of 0.85.
(2) welded fabrication shall conform to the a p
plicablc requirements of B31.1.
(a) Welding Procedure and Pafomuuicc
Qualifications shall k conducted Li accord-
- B31
ance with W o n IX,ASME Boiler md Prcjsure Vessel Code.
fb/ Welding shall be donc by M Y welding
process capable of mccting the requirements.
(c) Ail ñlier metai, including consumable insert material, shaii compiy with the requiremmu of Section IX.
íd) wbcn wciding repair of a defcct is required. it shall be in Bccofdance with ANSI/ASME B31.1,Para. 127.4.11. Whcn a dcfect is removed but wciding repair is
unnaessary. the surface shall be contourcd to
eliminate any sharp notches or corners. The
antoural surface shall be reinspaned by the
same means originally used for locating the
defect to ~ s s u r eit has bem completeiy
rmovcd.
(e) Heat treatment after fabricationor forming is neither required nor prohibited.
(3) this Case number shall te idmufiai in the
Data Rcport.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
I
c-11
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
TABLE f
Not Exceeding, 'F
100
200
300
400
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
Maximum
Allowable
Stress, ksi1
25.0
Allowable
Stress, ksi
25.0
25.0
23.0
25.0
25.0
24.3
23.9
23.5
23.3
23.1
22.9
22.8
22.6
22.3
22.1
21.8
Maximum
.
21.2
20.0
18.8
18.3
17.8
17.4
17.1
16.5
16.6
16.5
16.5
NOTE:
(1) Due t o the relatively low yield strength of these materiais, these
higher stress values were established at temperatureswhere the
short time tensile properties govern t o permit the use of these
alloys where slightly greater deformation is acceptable. These
higher stress values exceed 67% but do not exceed90% of the
yield strength at temperature. Use o f these stresses may result
in dimensional changes due t o permanent strain. These stress
values are not recommended for the flanger of gasketed joints
or other applications where slight amounts of distortion can
cause leakage or malfunction.
.
(2-12
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
For Metal
Temperature
--_
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
CASE 1 4 6
August 1985
ïlt?li( case shall ocpire on July 31. 1986
unless previously annulled or mafirmed
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - B31
cise 146
Use of ANSVASTiM B W 7 5 ,
ANSI/ASTM B 444-15, S D ~ANSVASl'hí B446-75 SU ANSVASME €01.1conotructioo
erector. The temperature, time, and methcd
of hcat treatment shall k covcrd by thc
agrmnent.
(d) The material shaii be assigned a welding
P-NO.43.
Inquiry: M a y nickel-chroaium-molybdmumcolumbium alloys (UNSN06625) conforming to
the RX+CIUCI~S
of ANWASTM B 443-75, ANSVASTM B 444-15, and ANSVASTM B 446-15
be uscd for construction of ANSVASME B31.1
P o w a Piping systems? What dowable stress valu s may be wd?
ReprY: I t is the opinion of the Committee that
the
nickel-chromium-molybdnium-columbium
alloys listad in Table I m a y be used in the design
and construction of ANSVASME B31.1 Powa
Piping systans provided the following requirem a t s are met.
(1) THESE MATERIALS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLEFOR USE ON BOILER EXTERNAL PIPING. Sec Para 100.1.2(A).
(2) The maximum allowable stress values shall
be those listed in Table n.
(3) Design and construnion shall d o r m to
the appiicable requirements of the code and this
Case.
(U) The Welding Procedure and Pufanance Qualifications shall bc conducted in BEcordancc witb Section IX,Part QW,of the
ASME Boiler and Pressure V& cads except that the minimum tensile strength of red u d specimens in accordance with QW4óî.1 shall not be l e s than 110,oOO psi.
fb) Welding shall bc done by any welding
proces or carnùination of p r o c m s capable
of maring the requirements.
(cj Postweld heat treatment of this matmal
U ncithcr required nor prohibkd However,
no postweld heat treatment shall be performed u q t by agreement bctwua the
m e r and the maaufàcturer, kt$tr.or
(ej Weld backing rings and backing strips. if
used, shall i
x removed aítcr completionof the
weld when the design temperature is higher
than 1
1
m
.
(4) A U welds shall be subjected to nondestructive examination LU spcctñed below.
(o) Ail butt welds (longitudiaal and CVcumíerential) shall be examined by radiography over their total length for sueS over N P S
2 or when the nominal thickness of the bare
metai exceeds Sg in. regadess of diameter.
welds shallbe CX(b) AU branch ~OILIICC~~OU
amincd by radiography over their entire
length whai the ~i2cof the branch c x d
NpS 4 or when the nominal thickness of the
base metal exceeds N in. regardless of dismeter. in lieu of radiography, the root pass, each
H in. of weld thickness, and the finai weld
surface m a y be examincd by the Liquid pene
trant
method.
(c) AU other welds not examincd by radiography, hcluding 6Ua welds and socket welds,
shall k examincd by the liquid penetrant
methcd per Para 136.4.4.
(d) AU nondestructive examinations shallbe
performed and evaluated in accordance with
requirements of Chapter VI.
(5) For design temperatures higher than 1lOOT.
the designer shall ave consideration to the fol-
lowing recommendations.
(a) complete removal or contouring of the
weid reinforccmait to minimize stress conCmmtioni;;
fb) tbe usc of tecs or other fosms of nonwelded brancha when the branch s i u a g
proScha the m size.
Case 146 continues on following page.
c-13
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
.. .
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
1
CASE 146
August 1985
TABLE I
Plate, sheet and strip
Seamless pipe and tube
Rod and bar
B
443-75
B 444-75
B 446-75
TABLE II
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STRESS VALUES
Spec. No.
B 443 and B 446
Metal Temperature,l
'F.
Not Exceeding
Values, bi
300
400
500
600
27.5
26.8
26.1
25.4
700
800
900
25.0
24.6
24.0
1000
1100
1200
23.7
23.4
21.0
13.2
300
400
30.0
28.2
500
27.0
26.4
1154
B 444
Allowable Stress2
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
60O
000
900
26.0
26.0
26.0
1000
1100
1150
1200
26.0
2 6.0
21.0
13.2
700
NOTES:
(1) Alloy 625 s d e n severe loss of impact strength after long-time
aging In the temperature range 1OOO'F-14OO'F.
(2) These stress values may be interpolated to determine values for
intermediate temperatures.
c-14
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
ANSI/ASME B 3 1 . 1
Interpretations No. 8
It has been agreed to publish interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning 631.1 as
part of the update service. This supplement includes interpretations concerning 631.1 issued between
July 1, 1985,and December 31, 1985.They have been assigned interpretation numbers in chronological order. Each interpretation applies to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance of the
interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have
superseded the reply. The interpretations are not part of the Code or the Addenda.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply,
bearing the original interpretation number with the suffix R, is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved by an interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated
in the Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not "approve," "certify," "rate," or
"endorse" any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
The interpretations will be issued twice a year up to the publication of the 1989 Edition. Interpretations Nos. 2 through 7 were included with the update service to the 1983 Edition. Interpretations Nos.
8 through 13 will be included with the update service to the 1986 Edition.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
United Engineering Center 345 East 47th Street New York, New York 7 001 7
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
63
837.l
Subject
Interpretation
Design Temperalure of Drain Piping
......................................
a2
File No.
1655
(831-83-008)
Paras. 100.1.3íE) and (ti),Application of 831.1 to Piping Within Hydraulic and
Pneumatic Equipment
Para. 1 17.2, Qualification oí Solderers
Parar. 722.1.4lü.1) and t22.?.7(C.5),Design Fressure for Cast Iron Blowoff
Valves
Table 136.4, NDE of Hanger Support Welds
................................................
....................................
............................................................
...............................
0-1
631-85-027
831-65-016
8-4
8-5
831-64-023
631-84-034
8-3
65
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
-,I
.
.
_-
..
..-
831.1 Interpretations No. 8
Interpretation: 8-1
Subject:
Para. 117.2,Qualification of Solderers
Date Issued:
August 16, 1985
File:
831-85-01 6
Question (1 1: Per Para. 117.2 of ANSI/ASME 831.1 -1983 Edition, what standards listed in Table
126.1 cover requirements for soft-soldered, socket-type joints?
Reply (1): ANSI B16.18 and ANSI 616.22.
Question (2): For the purpose of qualification of procedures and personnel, are soft-soldered and
brazing considered to be the same process?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): To what specification and/or Code are personnel who perform soft-soldering qualified for ANSI/ASME 631.1 applications?
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply (3): ANSIIASME B31.1 does not specify qualification requirements for personnel performing soft-soldering.
67
.
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
.
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B31 . l Interpretations No. 8
8-2
Interpretation: 8-2
Subject:
Design Temperature of Drain Piping
Date Issued:
August 21, 1985
File:
1655 (631-83-006)
Question (1): What rules of ANSl/ASME 831.1 apply to the selection of design temperatures for
vent, drain, and instrument piping?
Reply (1 1: The rules of Para. 1 01.3.2 apply for all piping, including vent, drain, and instrument
piping.
Question (2): Can Para. 122.3.2 be used for selecting a lower design temperature for instrument
piping?
Reply (2): No. The rules of Para. 122.3.2 are requirements for instrument piping that must be met.
The application of some of the rules depends upon the design temperature selected.
Question (3): What rules apply to the selection of materials for ?Sampling Piping? covered by
Paras. 122.3(8) and 122.3.4?
Reply (3): The requirements of Para. 122.3.4K.l) apply.
Question (4): What nondestructive examination is required for miter welds as addressed in Para.
Reply (4): The requirements of Paras. 136.4.1 and 136.4.2 apply to miter welds.
Question (5): Are there any maximum temperature limits for the use of miter welds?
Reply (5): No.
68
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
104.3.32
8-3, 8-4
8 3 1.1 interpretations NO. ô
Interpretation: 8-3
Subject:
Paras. 100.1.3(E) and (H), Application of 631.1 to Piping Within Hydraulic and
Pneumatic Equipment
Date issued:
October 15, 1985
File:
133i-85-027
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Question (1): Does ANSI/ASME 831.1 apply to the pneumatic, hydraulic, lubrication, or cooling
water systems of machinery or machine tools used in a manufacturing plant including, but not limited
to, lathes, washers, machining centers, material handling devices, injection molders, coil handlers,
presses, robots, automated tooling, or automated manufacturing sysiems?
Reply (1): No. These devices are considered to be tools and components subject to Para.
100.1.3(E).
Question (2): Does ANSI/ASME B31.1 apply to the piping, flexible tubing, or hoses (drop lines)
connecting hydraulic or pneumatic distribution systems to the machinery or machine tools used in a
manufacturing plant?
'
Reply (2): No. ANSi/ASME 831.1 does not apply to hydraulic or pneumatic equipment downstream of the connection between this equipment and the plant hydraulic or pneumatic distribution
system.
Interpretation: 8-4
Subject:
Paras. 122.1.4(6.1) and 122.1 AC.51, Design Pressure for Cast Iron Blowoff Valves
Date Issued:
November 8, 1985
File:
~3 i-84-023
Question: What is the maximum allowable working pressure of a boiler on which a cast iron
blowoff valve may be used?
Reply: 160 psig, provided that the requirements of Para. 123.2.4 of ANSi/ASME 831.1 are met.
69
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
631.1 Interpretations No. 8
8-5
Interpretation: 8-5
Subject:
Table 136.4, NDE of Hanger Support Welds
Date Issued:
November 8, 1985
File:
83 1-84-034
Question (1 ): Does Table 136.4 and the notes thereto apply to the examination of piping support
or hanger welds which are not connected to the pressure boundary?
Reply (1 1: Standard support and hanger welds which are not connected to the pressure boundary
are covered by MSS-SP-58 (see Para. 130.1). Special supports and hangers shall be fabricated and
examined in accordance with ANSI/ASME 831.1 (see para. 130.2).
Question (2): Is visual examination for the characteristicsof Para. 136.4.2 required for those welds
which pass the required pressure tests when the welds do not require testing (other than visual) by Para.
136.4.1 of ANSI/ASME 831.1 ?
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply (2): Yes.
70
.
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
.:,
.
.
.~ -
-
.e..
...*
(This supplement is not pari of ANSI/ASME B31.1
OJ
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Interpretations No. 6 to ANSI/ASME €331.1
ils Addenda and is included for information oniy.)
It has been agreed to publish Interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B3 1.1 as pari
of the subscription service. This supplement includes Interpretations concerning B3 1.1 issued between
July 1. 1984, and December 31, 1984. They have been assigned Interpretation numbers in chronological
order. Each Interpretation applies to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance of the
Interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have
superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters. except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. I n some instances, a review of the
Interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply, bearing
the original Interpretation Number with the suffix R, is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these Interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the Interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved
by an Interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the
Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” ‘‘certify,” “rate,” or “endorse”
any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
49
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B31.1 Interpretations No. 6
B 3 1 .i
File No.
Interpretation
Use of ASTM A 53 Pipe .................................................
Welded Branch Connections ..............................................
6-1
i636
6-2
B3 I-84-004
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Subject
51
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
_-
..
8 3 1.1 Interpretations NO.6
6-1.6-2
Interpretation: 6-1
Subject:
Use of ASTM A 53 pipe
Date Issued:
July 31, 1984
File:
1636
Question (1): Does Para. 105.2.1(B) apply to steel pipe manufactured to ASTM A 53 Type F, which
is dual marked “A-1 20-A-53”?
Reply (1): No.
Question (2): Is it permissible to use steel pipe manufactured to ASTM A 53 Type F,which is dual
marked “A-120-A-53.” for ANSVASME B31. i welded construction?
Reply (2): Yes, provided all the applicable requirements of ANSVASME B31.i for materials and
welded construction are met. Note that ASTM A 53 does not set limits for carbon content of Type F
pipe. Paragraph 123.2.3(C) does not permit the use of material with carbon content in excess of 0.35%
for welded construction.
Interpretation:
6-2
Subject:
Para. 127.4.8, Welded Branch Connections
Date Issued:
September 17, 1984
File:
B31-84-04
Question: When a branch connection is inserted through an opening cut in the run wall, does
ANSVASME B31.1 require that the end of the branch connection be trimmed to match the internal
contour of the run pipe?
Reply: Yes. See 127.4.8(C).
Errata
Supplement No. 4
Interpretation
4-3
Correct Question (1) to read: Question (1): Why does ANSVASME B3 1.1,
Appendix A Table A-1 not list allowable stresses for carbon steels, such as
ASME SA-106 Grade B, at temperatures above 8 W F î
53
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B31.1-Cases
No. 2
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(The Casa are not part of ANSVASME B31.1 or its Addenda and are included for information only.)
A “Case” is the official method of handling a reply to an Inquiry when study indicates that the Code
wording needs clarification, or when the reply modifies the existing requirements of the Code, or grants
permission to use new materials or alternative constructions.
It has been agreed to publish Cases issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1 as part of the
subscription service to B31.1. The text of proposed new and revised Cases will appear in Mechanical
Engineering for public review. A notice will also appear in Mechanical Engineering when new and
revised Cases are approved. The Cases Will then appear with the next regularly scheduled Addenda to
B31.1.
Following this title sheet is Case 142, which applies to all B31 Codes.
i
c-27
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
-,..-,.
..
-
This C k e Ml upire on July 31.1987
unless previouSry annuRed or reaflïrnzcd.
CASE 142
July 1984
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - B31
-142
Capacitor Dirhaw M.thod
Welding
of
fnqui?y: M a y the capacitor discharge
method o f welding be U&
to temporarily
attach thermocouples to pressure pans to
measum metal temperature either when prsheating or during postweid heat treatment,
o r both, of p i p i n g components f o r 831 construction and m a y this be done w i t h o u t performance and procedure qualification?
Reply: It ir me opinion of the Committee
t h a t t h e capacitor discharge method o f weiding may be used f o r 831 m n s t r u c t i o n to
nrmporarily a n a c h thermocouples directly t o
the pressure parta to meeture metal temperature either when preheating or during postw e l d heat treatment. o r both, o f piping
components provided the thermocouple ir
removed and t h e area is visually examined in
accordance w i t h t h e applicable ANSIIASME
831 Code requirements. Performance and
procedure qualifications ara not required.
THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
345 East 47th Street,
New York, N.Y. 10017
C-29
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
interpretations No, 5 to ANSI/ASME €331.1
(This supplement is not pan of ANSVASME B31.1 or its Addenda and is included for information only.)
It has been agreed to publish Interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1 as part
of the subscription service. This supplement includes Interpretations concerning B3 1.1 issued between
January 1, 1984. and June 30, 1984. They have been assigned Interpretation numbers in chronological
order. Each Interpretation applies to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance of the
Interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have
superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
Interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply, bearing
the original Interpretation Number with the suffix R, is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these Interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the Interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved
by an Interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the
Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certify,” “rate,” or “endorse”
any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
39
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
5-1, 5-2
E3 1.1 Interpretations No. 5
Interpretation:
5-1
Subject:
Scope of the B31 Codes
Date Issued:
February 2i, 1984
File:
1607
Question: What ANSVASME B31 Code is the applicable Code for a steam line transfemng steam
from a power house to the interior of a tobacco plant?
Reply: ANWASME B31.1 is applicable to aU power and auxiliary service piping in the power
plant.
The applicable Code for the transfer line and any distribution within the tobacco plant dependsupon
its purpose. If used to generate power, A N W A S M E B31.1 applies. If used as building services,
ANSVASME B31.9 applies. If used as part of a chemical process, ANWASME B31.3 applies.
If the piping is clearly not within the scope of these or other B3 1 Codes, B3 1 Case 137 permits the
user to select any B31 Code System determined to be generally applicable.
Interpretation:
5-2
Subject:
Para. 137, Leak Test
Date Issued:
March 2, 1984
File:
1550
Question (1): Paragraph 137.1.1 requires boiler external piping to be hydrostatically tested in
accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel (BPV) Code, Section I, PG-99. PG-99.3allows a
hydrostatic test stress up to 90% of yield for forced-flow boilers. Is there a similar stress limitation for
drum-type boilers?
Reply ( 1 ) : Since this question deals primarily with boiler type, the inquirer should refer to ASME
BPV Code Interpretation 1-82-11.
Question (2): May a main steam line with a design pressure as determined by Para. 122.1:2 (A.4)
by hydrostatically tested with the boiler which may have a greater pressure than the main stcam design
pressure?
Reply (2): Yes. The main steam line may be hydrostatically tested with the boiler as outlined in
ASME BPV Code, Section I, PG-99. The limits of stress to be imposed on the piping during the
hydrostatic test are given in ANSVASME B3 1.1, Paras. 137.3.4 and 137.1.2(g).
43
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B31.1 Interpretations No. 5
5-3, 5-4
Interpretation:
5-3
Subject:
Para. 127-4.2.Girth Butt Welds
Date Issued:
March 2. 1984
File:
1672 (B31-83-025)
Question: Is it a requirement of ANSVASME B31.1 that the outside surface of the weld level
described in Para. 127.4.2(A) extend to the outside diameter of the adjacent component when components of equal outside diameter having no external transition angles beyond the weld groove are joined
together with a full penetration weld thickness equal to or greater than the minimum thickness required
by Chapter II?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation: 5-4
Subject:
Qualification of Personnel W h o Perform Nondestructive Examination in Accordance
with Para. 136.1.
Date Issued:
March 5, 1984
File:
1629
Question (1): Are personnel who perform the visual examination required by Table 136.4on boiler
external piping required to be qualified and certified in accordance with Paras. 136.1(A), (B), (C), (D),
and (E)of ANSVASME B31.11
Question (2): If the answer to Question (I) is yes, what guidelines should be used to develop a
training and examination program for visual examiners?
Reply (2): The manufacturer, contractor, or fabricator is responsible for including such specification for experience, training, instructions, etc., to be included ia his quality control system and acceptable
to the designated authorities.
44
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply (1): Yes.
€331.1 Interpretations
No. 5
Interpretation:
5-5
Subject:
Full Penetration Welds in Para. 127.4
Date Issued:
March 5, 1984
File:
1680 (B31-83-033)
5-5. 5-6
Question: For welds that only require visual examination in accordance with Table 136.4 in which
the root of the weld is not accessible, and where the leak test required by Para. 137 has been passed,
are the full penetration welds specified by Para. 127.4 required?
Reply: Yes.
Interpretation:
5-6
Subject:
Para. 122.1.4, Blowoff and Blowdown Piping
Date Issued:
March 5, 1984
File:
1692 (B31-83-045)
Question: Does ANSVASME B31.1 have a maximum size limitation for a pipeline from a boiler
steam drum to a flash tank which is designed t o give a high flow rate in order to rapidly reduce high
boiler water impurities and is used only during boiler startup?
Reply: Paragraph 122.1.4of ANSVASME B3 1.1-1980,as revised in the Summer 1981 Addenda,
identifies this service as blowdown for which there is no maximum size limitation specified.
45
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,`
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B3 1.1 Interpretations No. 5
5-7, 5-8
Interpretation:
5-7
Subject:
Qualification of Personnel W h o Perform Nondestructive Examination in Accordance
With Para. 136.1.
Date Issued:
March 27, 1984
File:
1657 (B31-83410)
Question: Do Para. 136.1 and Table 136.4 require personnel who perform visual examination in
accordance with Table 136.4 to be qualified and certified for the visual examination method in accordance with the owner’s (or his agent’s) program, based on the minimum requirements of Para. 136.1(A),
(B). (C), @). or (E),or the alternatives listed in Para. 136.1, as acceptable?
Interpretation:
5-8
Subject:
Use of Bar Stock Material
Date Issued:
June 20, i984
File:
1634
Question (1): May 3 in. and 4 in. welding-end pipe caps manufactured by machining from bar stock
conforming to ASTM A 576 Grade 1018 or A 276 Type 316 be used where conformance to ANSVASME B31.1 is required?
Reply (I): No. The referenced materials may only be used for nonpressure-carrying parts in
accordance with Para. 102.3.1 (D).
Question (2): What other bar stock materials may be used under similar circumstances?
Reply (2): Appropriate materials for which stress values are available may be selected from Appendix A for the particular design parameters.
46
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply: Yes,the requirements for the qualification and certification of personnel performing visual
examination on boiler external piping or nonboiler external piping are included in Para. 136.I and Table
136.4. Boiler external piping is under the total administrative jurisdiction of ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code, Section 1. Therefore, Para. 136.1 applies and the stampholder is responsible to include the
required specifications for experience, instructions, training, etc., in his Quality Control System. Nonboiler external piping is under the total administrative and technical requirements of B3 1. Therefore,
Para. 136.1 still applies and the fourth paragraph speciñes the requirements.
B31.1 interpretations No. 5
Interpretation:
5-9
Subject:
Allowable Stress Values
Date Issued:
J u n e 20, 1984
File:
1645
5-9, 5-10, 5-11
Question: May t h e allowable stress vahes listed in Table PG-23.1 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code, Section I, for TAC Austenitic Stainless Steels (Types 304, 304H. 316, and 316H) at
temperatures over 1200T to 1 5 W F be used for the design.,of stainless steel pipe under. ANSVASME
B31.17
Interpretation:
5-10
Subject:
Requirements for Relief Valves
Date issued:
June 20, 1984
File:
1679 (B3 1-83-032)
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply: No (see Paras. 105.1 and 123.2.1 of ANSVASME B31.1). However, the Committee is
presently considering increasing the temperature range of the allowable stress tables to 1500T.
Question: Must a relief valve installed on a line valve to protect the valve from overpressurhtion
due to fluid thermal expansion [Para. 107.1(C)] meet the requirements of Para. 107.8.3?
Reply: Yes,however, for this particular application, there are several other relief devices which
provide overpressure protection. Refer to UG-iZS(e) of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section
VIII. Division 1 for further information on this subject.
Interpretation:
5-11
Subject:
Fig. 127.4.4(C), Minimum Welding Dimensions Required for Socket Welding Components Other Than Flanges
Date Issued:
June 20, 1984
File:
1685 (B31-83-038)
Question: In applying Fig. 127.4.4(C), should the fillet weld at the socket using 1 in. Schedule 160
pipe be 0.195 in. using design requirements, or 0.272 in. based upon the actual use of 1 in. Schedule 160
(0.250 in. wall) pipe.?
Reply: The fillet weld size using 1 in. Schedule 160 pipe must be 0.272 in. or the thickness of the
socket wall, whichever is smaller.
47
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B3 1.1 Interpretations No. 5
5-12
interpretation:
5-12
Subject:
Qualification of Personnel W h o Perform Examinations for Leakage in Accordance
With Para. 137
Date Issued:
June 20, 1984
File:
B31-84-002
Question: Is it a requirement of ANSVASME 8 3 i. 1 that personnel who perform examinations for
leakage in accordance with Paras 137.3,137.4, 137.5, and 137.6 be qualified and certified in accordance
with Para. 136.17
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply: No.
48
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B31.1 Interpretations No. 5
B 3 î .I
File ?No.
Interpretation
. . ..... .. .
Para. 122.1.4, Blowoff and Blowdown Piping .. .. . ~... .. . . . . . . . . . . .
Para. 127.4.2, Girth Butt Welds . .. .. .. . . . .... .. . . . . . . .. .. . . .. ...... .. .. . . .
Para 137. tcakTest .....................................................
Fig. 127.4.4(C), Minimum Welding Dimensions
Required for Socket Welding Components
Other than R a n g e ....................................................
Allowable Stress Valus . .. . ... .. .. . . , . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . ...... . - ...
Full Penetration Welds in Para. 127.4 . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . .. .
Qualiñcatioa or Persanne1 W h o Perform
Nondestructive Examination in A m r d a c e with Para. 1341 . .. .. . .. ........ .. ... ...
Qualification of Personnel Who Perform
Nondestructive Examination Li A m r dance with Para 136.1 . . . . . . . . . , , ,
.........................
Qualification of Personncl W h o Perform
Nondestructive Examination in Accor. . . . .........................
dance with Para. 137 .. .
Rcquircmcnts for Rdief Valva . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . ... .........................
ScopeoftheB31 Coda ......................
.........................
UK of Bar Stock Material . , .,
. . .. . . . .........................
. ..
...
. . ..
....................
. . . .. . .
. .
. . . . . . .. .. . . . ..
. .. . . . . . .
5-2
1692 (B31-83-045)
1672 (B31-83-025)
1550
5-1I
5-9
1645
s-s
1680 (B3 .83-033)
5-4
1629
5-7
1657 (B31-83-010)
5-12
B31-84-KI2
1679 (B31-83-032)
5-6
5-3
5-10
5- 1
5-a
1685 (B3 .83-O38)
1607
1634
41
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Subject
Interpretations No. 4 to ANSVASME B31.1
(This supplement is not pait of ANSVASME B31.1 or its Addenda and is included for information only.)
It has been agreed to publish Interpretations issued by the B3 I Committee concerning B3 1.1 as part
of the subscription service. This supplement includes Interpretations concerning B3 1.1 issued between
July 1, 1983 and December 31, 1983. They have been assigned Interpretation numbers in chronological
order. Fach Interpretation applies to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance of the
Interpretation or the Edition or Addenda stated in the reply. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have
superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
Interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply, bearing
the original Interpretation Number with the suffix R, is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these Interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the Interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved
by a n Interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the
Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certify,” “rate,” or “endorse”
any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
21
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
E3 i .S Interpretations No. 4
Subject
Interpretation
.............................................
Para . 105.3. Nonmetallic Pipe
Allowable Strcsses for Carbon Stcels .......................................
Appendix II Nonmandatory Rules for the Design of Safety Valve Installations
Area of Reinforcement for Contoured Integrally Reinforced Fittings .............
B3 1.I and B3 1.3. Synfuel Plant Piping ......................................
Definition of '*a few" in Appendix 11
Double Vaiving .........................................................
Fire Protection Piping ...................................................
Materials for Boiler External Piping ........................................
Nondestructive Examination ..............................................
Pastweld Hear Trcatmcnt
Postweld Heat Treatment .................................................
Postweld Heat Treatment Requiremaits
Qualification of Welding Procedures ........................................
Relief Valve Discharge Stack Piping ........................................
....
.......................................
.................................................
....................................
~~
File No.'
4-9
4-3
1617-2
2-i0*
1573R*
4-8
1681
1-4SR.
1541R'
4-5
4-2
1644
1663
1642
1675
16M
1591
1654
1653
1606
1585
4-12
e11
4-10
4-6
4-7
4-13
4-1
4-4
1599
~
'Asterisk indicata reply has been revised one or more times.
29
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
1-45R,2-10R
B3 1.1 Interpretations No. 4
Interpretation:
1-45R
Subject:
B31.1 and B31.3, Synfuel Plant Piping
Dated Issued:
October 26. 1983
File:
1541R (83-034)
Question: What section of the ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31, may be used for materials,
design, fabrication, assembly, erection, examination, inspection, and test of piping within coal based
synfuels plants for the production of electric power or industrial steam, or both, primarily for use within
the plant?
Reply: ANSI/ASìvíE B31.1 applies to piping associated with power boilers and subject to the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I inspection and stamping [see B3 1. I , Para. 100.1 and
Figs. 100.1.2 (A) and (B)].
Either ANSVASME B31.1 or B31.3 is applicable to other piping associated with the production
or distribution of industrial steam or the production of electric power primarily for use within the plant
(see B31.3, Fig. 300.1.1).
ANSVASME B31.3 applies to all other piping primarily for use within the plant.
Interpretation:
2-10R
Subject:
Appendix II Nonmandatory Rules for the Design of Safety Valve Installations
Date Issued:
July 25, 1983
File:
1573R
Question: In Appendix II of ANSVASME B31.1, what gas parameters a and b are to be used for
dry air and freon 114 in the following equation, taken from Para. 2.2.1(1):
Reply: The equation in question is based on an empirical formula relating to energy and steam
properties near the saturation region at sonic velocity. It would not be appropriate to use for dry air
or freon 114.
31
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
O
41, e2
Interpretation:
4-1
Subject:
Qualification of Welding Procedures
Date Issued:
July 13, 1983
File:
1606 (83418)
Question (1): Can ASTM A 356 Grades 8 and 9 materials not currently listed in Appendix A, Table
A-2 of ANSI/ASME B3ì.i be treated as P-No. 4 materials as permitted by Para. 127.5.1?
Reply (I): No. Paragraph 127.5.1 applies only to materials listed in Appendix A for which no
P-Number has been assigned by the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX.
Question (2): What is the installer’s responsibility for instaliing/welding ASTM A 356 Grades 8
and 9?
Reply (2): The installer must qualify a WPS in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code, Section IX. However, the ANSVASME B31.1 Code does not authorize the use of ASTM
A 356 Grades 8 and 9 for piping within the scope of that Code.
Interpretation:
4-2
Subject:
Double Valving
Date Issued:
July 13, 1983
File:
1665
Question: Is double valving of a channel drain on a feedwater heater required by the ANSI/ASME
B3 1.1 Power Piping Code?
Reply: No. A single drain valve satisfies Code requirements for this service.
32
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
B31.1 Interpretations NO.4
O
B31.1 Interpretations NO.4
4-3
Interpretation:
4-3
Subject:
Allowable Stresses for Carbon Steels
Date Issued:
July 14. 1983
File:
1599 (83-033)
Question (1): Why does ANSVASME B3 1.1 Appendix A, Table A- 1 not list allowable stresses for
carbon steels, such as ASME SA-106 Grade B, at temperatures above 188’Fî
Reply (1): The reason fs given in Note (3) of Table A-1, which states, “upon prolonged exposure
to temperature above 775”F,the carbide phase of carbon steel may be converted to graphite.”
Question (2): Some other Codes, such as the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I,
do list allowable stresses for carbon steels at temperatures above 800°F. Is it the intention of the
Committee to include in Table A-1 of ANWASME B31.1 allowable stresses for carbon steels at
temperatures above 800°F
Reply (2): The stress values given in Table PG-23.1 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,
Section I for carbon steels at temperatures above 800°F are shown with parentheses. Note (b) of Table
PG-23.1 states, “stress values shown in parentheses are permissible but, except for tubular products 3
in. O.D. or less enclosed within the boiler setting, use of these materials at these temperatures is not
current practice under Section I.” It is not appropriate to add these stress values to Table A-1 of
ANSVASME B31.1.
Question (3): Does the Committee consider it acceptable to exceed the 8WF temperature figure
for operation of ASME SA-i06 Grade B pipework for a limited time period (up to 5000 hr) or an
extended time period (up to 50,000 hr)?
as i t
does not comply with the requirements of
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply (3): Such usage is not acceptable
ANSVASME B3 1.1.
33
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
Interpretation:
4-4
Subject:
Relief Valve Discharge Vent Stack Piping
Date Issued:
August 17, 1983
File:
1585
Question (1): In A N W A S M E B31.1-1980Edition, does the 8WF maximum allowable temperature limitation of Table A-1 for carbon steel piping apply to relief valve discharge vent stack piping when
steam temperatures in excess of 8WF are calculated to exist only during the short time duration of relief 0
valve actuation?
Reply (1): Not necessarily. The limitation mentioned in the question derives from Para. 123.2.1,
which states, “The materials listed in the allowable stress Tables A-1through A-7, Appendix A, shall
not be used at design temperatures above those for which stress values are given.” Table A-1 of Appendix
A does not give allowable stress values for carbon steel materiais at temperatures above 800’F.
The condition described in the question is a self-limiting transient. Fer Para. 101.3.2(A),the design
temperature must be selected to equal or to exceed the maximum sustained condition. The selected design
temperature need not exceed the maximum temperature attained during a transient. Conditions d u r h g
a self-limiting transient must not exceed the limitations of Para. 102.2.4.
In order to show that the limitations of Para. 102.2.4 are met, the allowable stress value at the
transient condition must be determined. For the condition described in the question, the allowable stress
value during the transient must be obtained from Section I or Section VIII, Division 1, of the ASME
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, as permitted by the rules of Para. 102.3.l(a).
Note (3) of Table A-1 warns the designer of possible graphitization due to prolonged exposure to
temperatures above 775’F.
Question (2): Does the requirement of Para. 136.4.5 for radiography of piping welds with design
temperatures in excess of 750’F apply to relief valve discharge vent stack piping?
Reply (2): Yes.
Interpretation: 4 5
Subject:
Definition of “a few” in Appendix II
Date Issued:
September 7, 1983
File:
1644
Question: What is the definition of the phrase “a few” in A N W A S M E B31.1-1980 Edition,
Appendix II, Para. 2.3.27
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply: There is no quantitative intent in the term “a few” as used in ANSVASME B31.1-1980
Edition. Appendix II, 2.3.2 other than to reinforce the short duration of the momentary unbalanced
forces. The duration of the unbalanced forces is governed by the safety valve design. the system in which
the safety valve is installed, and operating fluid characteristics.
34
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B31. i Interpretations No. 4
Interpretation:
4-6
Subject:
Postweld Heat Treatment
Date Issued:
September 12, 1983
File:
1591 (83-007)
4-6, 4-7
Reply (1): Postweld heat treatment is required under the conditions outlined above.
Question (2): Can the Design Engineer exempt postweld heat treatment of P-No. 4 materials when
those materials are purchased to an ASTM specification, with a limitation on the carbon to 0.15%?
Reply (2): Postweld heat treatment of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX,
P-No.4 materials are exempted if all the requirements of Table 13 1 are met. The methods used to verify
these exemptions are not addressed in the Code.
Interpretation:
4-7
Subject:
Postweld Heat Treatment
Date Issued:
September 12, 1983
File:
1654
Question: Are any alternative methods to heating a full circumferential band during PWHT acceptable to ANSI B31.1-1977Edition, including the Summer 1978 Addenda?
Reply: NO.
35
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Question (I): Is postweld heat treatment of welds required b y Table 131 of A N W A S M E B3 1.11980 Edition under the following conditions for P-4 materials?
(a) a maximum thickness of ?hin.;
(6) a maximum nominal pipe size of 4;
(E) butt welded or socket welded fitting to ASTM A 234 WPl I of A 182 Grade F11 with an
ASTM specification limit of 0.20% carbon, maximum. Fittings are procured with only a Certificate of
Conipliance to the ASTM specification (i.e., the actual percentage of carbon is not known). The fittings
are used in conjunction with ASTM A 335 Grade P11 (maximum carbon of 0.15%) pipe.
(d) application of 3 W F minimum preheat.
Interpretation: 4-8
Subject:
Area of Reinforcement for Contoured Integrally Reinforced Fittings
Date Issued:
October 26. 1983
File:
1681
Question: Do the rules for extruded outlets apply to contoured integrally reinforced fittings? If not,
what are the correct equations indicated in ANSI/ASME B31.1, B31.2, B31.3, B31.4, and B31.8 to be
used in determining the limits of area reinforcement for contoured integrally reinforced branch COMecting fittings (e.g., weldolet) and extruded outlets?
Reply: The contoured integrally reinforced fitting is not an extruded outlet. The equations set forth
in the B31 Codes for determining the reinforcing limits of an extruded outlet do not apply in determining
the reinforcing limits of a contoured integrally reinforced fitting.
T h e equations set forth in the Code documents for fabricated intersection area reinforcement limits
are the only equations available for contoured integrally reinforced branch connecting fittings.
Interpretation: 4-9
Subject:
Para. 105.3, Nonmetallic Pipe
Date Issued:
November 7, 1983
File:
1617-2 (83-017)
Question (1): May reinforced thermosetting resins made to such standards as ASTM C 582, D 25 17,
D 2996, or D 2997 be used in any water piping systems covered by ANSUASME B31.17
Reply (1): ANSVASME B31.1. permits the use of nonmetallic piping matchals. Sec Paras.
105.3(A) and 123.2.8.
Question (2): If these materials may be used under ANSVASME B31.1, what allowable stress
values should be used for design and what are the allowable pressure and temperature ranges?
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply (2): Design stress and temperature limits shall be within the manufacturer's recornmenàations.
36
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
Interpretation:
4-10
Subject:
Nondestructive Exariination
Date Issued:
November 7, 1983
File:
1664 (83-028)
Question: Does ANSVASME B31.1-1980 Edition require any nondestructive examinations in
addition to those stated in Table 136.4?
Reply: No. See 136.1. second paragraph, for guidance on additional examinations.
Interpretation:
4-¡i
Subject:
Materials for Boiler Externa: Piping
Date Issued:
November, 7, 1983
File:
1675
Question: Since the ANSIIASME B3 1.1 Power Piping Code allows the substitution of API 5L pipe
for ASTM A 53 pipe per 105.2.1(D), why does Note (1) of Appendix A, Table A-1, disallow the use
of API 5L pipe for boiler external piping?
Reply: ANSVASME B31.1, 123.1 specifically limits boiler external piping materials to either
ASME or ASTM specifications for ASME Code certification of the piping.
Interpretation:
4-12
Subject:
Fire Protection Piping
Date Issued:
November 8, 1983
File:
1642 (83-006)
Question: May ASTM A 120 pipe be used in a fire protection system covered by ANSIIASME
B31.1 with design conditions of 150 psig and 15O"F?
Reply: T h e requirements of AKSI/ASME B3i.i do not apply to fire protection piping. See
100.1.3(D)When
.
compliance with ANSVASME B3 1.1 is required by either NFPA Code/Standard
reference or agreement between the parties concerned, then the pressure limitation of I25 p i g for straight
ASTM A 120 pipe (or 25 psig if bending is used) dictated by 105.2.1(B)of ANWASME B31.1 must
be met.
37
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
Interpretation:
4-13
Subject:
Postweid Heat Treatment Requirements
Date Issued:
December 12, i983
File:
1653
Question: In repairing previously heat treated welds, is it permissible in accordance with ANSI
B3 1.1-1973 Edition to determine the postweld heat treatment requirements based on a depth of the weld
repair? If not, what parameters are to be used to determine the stress relieving requirements?
E
.,
Reply: The thickness of the material being repaired shall determine the postweld heat treatment
requirements.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
38
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
. .
Interpretations No. 3 to ANSVASME B31.1
(This supplement is not pari of ANSVASME B31.1 or the Addenda and is included for information only.)
It has been agreed to publish Interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.1 as part
of the subscription service. This supplement includes Interpretations concerning B3 1.1 issued between
January 1, 1983 and June 30, 1983. They have been assigned Interpretation numbers in chronological
order. Each Interpretation applies to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance of the
Interpretation. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances, a review of the
Interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. In these cases, a revised reply, bearing
the original Interpretation Number with the suffix R, is presented.
ASME procedures provide for reconsideration of these Interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the Interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved
by an Interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the
Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certify,” “rate,” or “endorse”
any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B31.1 Interpretations No. 3
.
B31 1
.
.
..
E*
Subject
................................
Para . 108.4, Gaskets .
Para. 121.3.2, Integral
Attachments ...................................
..........................
Fig. 127.4.2, Welding End Transitions .....
.....
Table 121.1.4. Suggested Pipe Suppon Spacing ................
Table 126.1, Specifications and Standards ...................................
Chilled Water Piping ....................................................
..
Gas and Oil Piping in a Steel Mill
Heating Rates ..........................................................
Materials Not Listed in Table 126.1 ........................................
Pipe supports ...............
...............................
Postweld Heat Treatment .................................................
Stress Intensities ........................................................
Use of Washers .............................................
Weld Preparation and Examination
.....................
File No.'
3-9
3-6
3-3
2- 14R
3-10
1643
1614
3- I
3-11
3-4
3-5
3-8
3-2
3-13
3-7
3-12
1604
1603 R*
1637
1617-1
1429
1635
1494
1497
1601
1621
1646
1648
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
............................
Interpretation
'Astcnsk indicates reply has been revised one or more times.
17
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
i
B31.1 Interpretations No. 3
2-14R,3-1
Interpretation:
2-14R
Subject:
Table 121.1.4. Suggested Pipe Support Spacing
Date Issued:
April 20, 1983
File:
1 óû3R
Question: What is the basis for the spans shown in Table 121.1.4 of ANSI/ASME B31.1?
Reply: The spans shown in Table 121.1.4 have been in the Code fFr many years as a guideito good
practice. These ;pans, when used, generally assure compliance with ihe criteria in the'footnotes. It is
the responsibility of the owner to select spans that provide for a safely supported system. The Code is
not a handbook, and cannot substitute for education, experience, and sound engineering judgment.
Interpretation:
3-1
Subject:
Chilled Water Piping
Date Issued:
January 10, 1983
File:
1617-1
Question: Does chilled water piping within a central hcating/cooling plant, including its distnbution, come under the rules of ANSVASME B31.1, or is there a more appropriate ANSVASME B31'
Code for this piping?
Reply: T h e rules of ANSVASME B3 1.1 do not apply to the piping described. Other Codes such
as, for example, ANSI B31.5, Refrigeration Piping, should be consulted to determine the appropriateness
of these Codes for the requirements. If none of these Codes specifically apply, ASME B31 Code Case
137 allows use of any ANSVASME piping Code, including ANSI/ASME B3 1.1. A new ANSVASME
piping Code, B3 1.9 Building Services Piping, has been approved and published. ANSVASME B3 1.9 will
cover chilIed water systems.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
19
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
s 2 . 3-3
B31.1 Interpretations No. 3
Interpretation:
3-2
Subject:
Postweld Heat Treatment
Date Issued
January 13, 1983
File:
1601
Question: What are the postweld heat treatment requirements of ANSI B31.1-1973 for the attachment of nonpressure parts to pressure parts, when both are carbon steel and the joints are "?." joints
with full/partial penetration groove welds with fillet reinforcement?
2
..-..
Reply: in accordance with Note (16). Table 131 of ANSI B31.1-1973, all attachment welding of
carbon steel nonpressure parts to pressure parts greater than % in. thick, require postweld heat treatment
unless the joint meets the exemption requirements of Note (16).
This edition of the Code does not specifically refer to groove-type attachment welds to a pressure
retaining part with a wall thickness that does not exceed XI in. However, Notes (3) and (4) of Table
131 show the governing factor for postweld heat treatment to be the weld thickness. Therefore, groovetype welds whose thickness (depth of groove and throat of fillet weld) exceeds % in. will require postweld
heat treatment.
Interpretation:
3-3
Subject
Figure 127.4.2, Welding End Transitions
Date Issued:
February 8, 1983
File:
1604
Question: What is the intent and proper interpretation of ANSVASME B31.1 Fig. 127.4.2 requirements as they apply to the minimum and maximum thickness at the end of a component?
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply: The intent of Fig. 127.4.2 is to provide limits for a transition configuration envelope at the
weld end of a thicker component to be buttwelded to a pipe. It does not mandate a particular weld bevel
or groove (which is shown for illustration purposes only), nor does it show the maximum permissible
weld transition slope required by Para. 127.4.2(C). If necessary, either machining or weld deposition may
be used to achieve the required weld transition slope.
20
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
3-4, 3-5
B3 1.1 Interpretations No. 3
Interpretation: 3 4
Subject:
Heating Rates
Date Issued:
February 8, 1983
File:
1635
Question: In Note (9) of Table 131 of ANSI B31.1-1977, Summer 1978 Addenda, does the statement ?the rate shall be 600°F (315°C) per hr maximum? also mean controlled heating shall start at 600
OF?
Reply: No. Table 131, Notes (9) and (IO) of ANSI B31.1-1977. Summer 1978 Addenda, specifies
only heating rates which are applicable to the entire heating cycle.
Interpretation: 3-5
Subject:
Materials Not Listed in Table 126.1
Date Issued:
March 14, 1983
File:
1494
Question: Is it permissible to use a material not listed in Table 126.1 for piping constructed in
accordance with ANSVASME B31.1?
Reply: Yes,provided that use of the material is not expressly forbidden by the Code and that either
condition (a) or condition (b) below is met.
(U) The matenal is specifically referenced by a Standard listed in Table 126.1 of ANSVASME
B31.1 and is used in the product form covered by the listed Standard.
(b) The material is used for a component support provided that the requirements of Para.
102.3.1(C) of A N W A S M E B31.1 are met.
21
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B31.1 Interpretations No. 3
3-6,3-7
Interpretation:
3-6
Subject:
Paragraph 121.3.2,Integral Type Attachments
Date Issued:
March 14,1983
File:
1614
Question: When pipe supporting elements (per Para. 121 of ANWASME B31.1)include integral
type attachments (per Para. 121.3.2), localized stresses must not exceed the allowable stress. Allowable
stress is here presumed to include the piping stresses plus support induced stresses. What is the allowable
stress: S, from Appendix A or SAfrom Eq. (1) of Para. 102.3.2(C)?
Reply: ANSI/ASME €331.1does not provide guidance for the calculation of locaiized stresses and
the paragraph reference (121.3.2)is intended to serve as a cautionary note to the responsible designer.
The Code provides two allowable stress values (S,and/or SA)for the evaluation of stresses in piping
components. S,,(Appendix A) is the limit of calculated stress due to sustained loads and SA [Para.
102.3.2(C)] provides a comparison for the calculated stress range due to cyclic strains. In addition, the
use of these limits will likely result in a conservative design and as stated in the Foreword to the Code,
“a designer who is capable of a more rigorous analysis. . . . etc.”
Interpretation: 3-7
Subject:
Use of Washers
Date Issued:
March 18. 1983
File:
1646
Question: May 1/16 in. thick washers be placed on the bolts between the faces of a Class 150 steel
raised face flange and a Class 125 cast iron flat faced flange to ensure that stress concentrations in the
cast iron flange will not reach levels where damage could potentially occur?
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply: No. The use of washers does not correct the noncompliance with ANSVASME B31.1-1977,
Para. 108.3 and Table 108.5.2.
22
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
i33 i .1 Interpretations No. 3
Interpretation:
3-8
Subject:
Pipe Supports
Date Issued:
March 22, 1983
File:
1497
3-8-3-10
Question (1): May steel forgings complying with ASTM A 668 be used for pipe supporting elements
required to meet the requirements of ANSI/ASME B3 1. l?
Reply (1):
Yes.
Question (2): If use of ASTM A 668 is permissible, how should the allowable stress for this material
be determined?
Reply (2): The allowable stress for ASTM A 668 should be determined in accordance with the rules
of Para. 102.3.1(C) of ANSI/ASME B31.1.
Interpretation:
3-9
Subject:
Paragraph 108.4, Gaskets
Date Issued:
March 28, 1983
File:
1643
Question: Does Para. 108.4 of ANSVASME B31.1 prohibit the use of compressed asbestos gaskets
for pressure below 720 psi (4950 kPa) and temperature below 750'F (400'C) provided the material is
compatible with the fluid?
Reply: No.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Interpretation:
3-10
Subject:
Table 126.1, Specifications and Standards
Date Issued:
May 19, 1983
File:
1637
Question: ANSI B16.15-1978is listed in Table 126.1 of ANSI/ASME B31.1. ASTM B 584 is not
listed in Table 126.1 but is referenced in ANSI B16.15.Is it permissible to use fittings manufactured
in accordance with ANSI 816.151978 using ASTM B 584 material for construction of piping in
accordance with ANSI/ASME B3 1.I?
Reply: Yes. A material referenced in a Standard listed in Table 126.1 may be used in the product
form covered by the listed Standard, provided that use of the material is not expressly forbidden by the
Code.
23
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B31.1 Interpretations No. 3
3-11
Interpretation: 3-11
Subject:
Gas and Oil Piping in a Steel Mill
Date Issued:
May 31, 1983
File:
1429
Question (i): In an industrial plant such as a steel mill, is the gas and oil piping within the plant
covered by Para. 100.1.2(C) of ANSVASME B31.1?
Reply (i): No, unless the gas and oil piping is associated with a power generating facility with the
steel mill.
Question (2): If gas and oil piping in a steel mill is covered by Para. 100.1.2(C), how does one
interpret Para. 100.1.3(A)?
Reply (2): Paragraph 100.1.3(A) is to be interpreted as follows: If the oil and gas piping is not
associated with a power generating facility within the steel mill, the rules of ANSVASME B3 1.1 do not
apply. In this case, codes such as B31.4 Liquid Petroleum Transportation Piping Systems or ANSI
2223.7 Fuel Gas Piping Systems, should be consulted. If none of these, or other codes, apply to this
ANSVASME B3 1.1 excluded piping, ASME B3 1 Code Case 137, which allows use of the rules of any
ANSVASME B3 1 code including ANSVASME B3 1.1. may be applied.
Question (3): Is a steel mill defined as a power plant in Para. 10.1.3(A)?
Reply (3): No.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
24
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B3 I . i Interpretations No. 3
3-12
interpretation:
3-12
Subject:
Weld Preparation and Examination
Date Issued:
June 2. 1983
File:
1648
Question (1): What is the intent and correct interpretation of Para. 127.3.1(C) of ANWASME
B31.1 in regard to mismatch of internal surfaces?
Reply (1): It is the intent of Para. 127.3.1(C) that the internal misalignment of adjacent piping
components to be buttwelded shall be limited to 1/16 in. (2.0 mm) or las.
Question (2): Does Para. 127.3. i(C) invoke specific requirements for end preparation before welding?
Reply (2): No.
Question (3): Does Para. 127.3.1(C) invoke specific requirements for actual weld configurations?
Reply (3): No.
Question (4): Does the requirement for gradual changes in density of the radiograph as set forth
in Para. 127.4.2(D.S) apply to concavity and protrusion of weld matenal into the inside diameter?
Reply (4): Gradual changes in density of the radiograph apply to concavity.
Question (5): Can allowance be given for accepting welds whose radiographs have abrupt density
changes when ridges/protrusions are known to be present?
Reply (5): The acceptance standards for radiographs are set forth in Para. 136.4.S(A). The Committee cannot provide an interpretation of radiographic film exposures.
25
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
Interpretation:
3-13
Subject:
Stress Intensities
Date Issued:
June 6, 1983
File:
1621
Question: How can computed stress intensities which are calculated for compliance with the
maximum allowable values in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section III, be related to the
ANSVASME B3 1 . 1 maximum allowable stress values in tension?
Reply: ANWASME B3 1.1 does not introduce the concept of stress intensities. B3 1.1 allows the
designer to perform a detailed stress analysis, but does not provide rules for the performance or an
acceptance criteria for detailed analysis. T h e paragraph reference (121.3.2) is intended to seme as a
cautionary note to the responsible designer. The Code provides two allowable stress values (S,and/or
SA),for the evaluation of stresses in piping components. The use of these limits, in the evaluation of
localized stresses induced into the piping component by integral attachments, will likely result in a
conservative design. However, the following two references may be useful:
(a) The “Criteria of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for Design by Analysis in
Sections III and VIII, Division 2,” 1969;
(b) “Piping - Flexibility Analysis” A.R.C. Markl, ASME Transactions, 1955.
The application of such references is acceptable as noted in the Foreword to ANSI/ASME B31.1.
26
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
B31.l Interpretations No. 3
3-13
(This supplement is not part of ANWASME B31.1. It is included for information only.)
It has been agreed to publish Interpretations issued by the B31 Committee concerning B3 1.1 as part
of the subscription service. This supplement includes Interpretations concerning B31.1 issued between
July 1, 1982, and December 3 1, 1982. They have been assigned Interpretation numbers in chronological
order. Each interpretation applies to the latest Edition or Addenda at the time of issuance of the
Interpretation. Subsequent revisions to the Code may have superseded the reply.
These replies are taken verbatim from the original letters, except for a few typographical and
editorial corrections made for the purpose of improved clarity. In some instances. a review of the
Interpretation revealed a need for corrections of a technical nature. in these cases, a revised reply, bearing
the original Interpretation Number with the suffix R, is presented.
M M E procedures provide for reconsideration of these Interpretations when or if additional information is available which the inquirer believes might affect the Interpretation. Further, persons aggrieved
by an Interpretation may appeal to the cognizant ASME committee or subcommittee. As stated in the
Statement of Policy in the Code documents, ASME does not “approve,” “certify,” “rate,” or “endorse”
any item,construction, proprietary device, or activity.
1
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Interpretations No. 2 to ANSVASME B31.1
B31.1 Interpretations No. 2
.
B31 1
Subject
Intcrpretation
102.3.1 Allowable Stress Values
...........................................
104.8.3 Thermal Expansion Stress Range ....................................
117.2, Soft Soldered Socket-Type Joints .....................................
121.1 Design of Pipe Supporting Elements ..................................
Table 121.1.4 Suggested Pipe Support Spacing ...............................
Fig. 127.4.2 Welding End Transitions ......................................
Fig . 127.4.2 Welding End Transitions ......................................
127.4.8 Welded Branch Connections ........................................
127.5.2 and 127.5.3(B), Welding Responsibility ...............................
127.6 Qualification Records ...............................................
136 Examination and Inspection ...........................................
Table 1364, Mandatory Minimum Nondatmctive
Examination ..........................................................
Table 136.4, Mandatory Minimum Nondatnictive
Examination ..........................................................
I37 Lcak Testing .......................................................
Appnidix II Nonmandatory R u i s for the Design of
Safety Valve Installations ...............................................
Piping Supports .........................................................
Postwcld Heat Treatment .................................................
.
File No.'
2-15
2-7
2-9
2-16
2-14
2-6
t6R
.
1519
1546
1572
1575
1581
1éû3
1611
1611R'
2-8
2-5
2-2
2-13
1610
1605
2-3
1524
2-1 1
2-1
1618
2-10
2-12
24
1573
1545
1590
1608
1584
1586
'Asterisk indicates-reply has been r e a one or more tima.
3
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
2-1, 2-2, 2-3
B31.1 Interpretations NO. 2
Interpretation: 2-1
Subject:
137, Leak Testing
Dated Issued:
July 2, 1982
File:
1584
Question: For systems containing joints which have been satisfactorily leak tested (pneumatic or
hydrostatic) and the threaded joints subsequently seal welded, is it necessary to retest the system?
Reply: No, provided the provisions of 137.1.2@)(1) through (4) are met.
Interpretation: 2-2
Subject:
127.6 Qualification Records
Date Issued:
July 19, 1982
File:
1590
Question: Is it a requirement that weld joints, such as support to building structures, etc., be
identified to the welder or welding operator as required in 127.6?
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee that the intent of 127.6 is to have the welder’s identification symboi(s) applied or recorded for all welds between or io pressure retaining piping. The extension
of this requirement for welds other than on pressure retaining piping systems is neither required nor
prohibited by this Code.
interpretation: 2-3
Subject:
Table 136.4, Mandatory Minimum Nondestructive Examination
Date Issued:
July 22, 1982
File:
1524
Question: For welds that require only visual examination in accordance with Table 136.4 and the
root of the weld is not accessible for visual examination, are such welds acceptable when radiography
is performed and the results of the radiography indicate incomplete penetration?
Reply: No. Such welds are not acceptable. 127.4.2(A) requires girth butt welds to be full-penetration
welds. Welds not requiring radiography by Table 136.4 and subsequently radiographed shall have íhe
radiograph evaluated for root penetration.
5
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
Interpretation:
2-4
Subject:
Postweld Heat Treatment
Date Issued
July 29, 1982
File:
1586
Question (I): When a structural attachment, carbon steel @-No. 1) 2 in. thick, using a full
penetration weld, is welded to a pressure part which is 10 in. schedule 40 carbon steel (P-No. I). is
postheat treatment required?
Reply (1): The weld, as described above, must receive a postweld heat treatment since it does not
meet the postweld heat treatment exemption requirements for attachment welding in Note (16) of Table
131.
Question (2): If the answer to Question (I) is yes, what time at temperature would be required?
Reply (2): It is the opinion of the Committee that the weld should receive a postweld heat treatment
at 1100-12WF for a minimum of 2 hr. The effect of a 2 in. thick weid on a 0.365 in. thick pressure
part, with a subsequent heat treating operation, must be a design consideration when specifying an
arrangement such as this.
Interpretation: 2-5
Subject:
127.5.2 and 127.5.3(B), Welding Responsibility
Date Issued:
September 7, i982
File:
1605
Question (1): Is it permissible to use welders who are not employed by the Certificate Holder to
weld boiler external piping (Le., “PP’piping)?
Reply (i): No. Welders who are not employed by the Certificate Holder may not be used to weld
boiler external piping (Le., “Pi”’piping).
Question (2): Is there a specific paragraph or Code Case which speaks to this issue?
Reply (2): This issue is covered by 127.5.2 and 127.5.3@).
Question (3): If it is not presently allowed, what action must be taken to get it evaluated?
Reply (3): Your letter of inquiry to the Committee was the correct action. The Committee has
evaluated your questions and has decided that no change to the Code is being considered at this time
that would permit the use of welders for this work who were not in the employ of the Certificate Holder.
6
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
B31.1 Interpretations No. 2
2-4. 2-5
B31.1 Interpretations No.2
Interpretation:
2-6
Subject:
Fig. 127.4.2Welding End Transitions
Date Issued:
September 16. 1982
File:
1611
2-6, 2-6R
Question (1): Is it the case that for welding purposes, the t nominal dimension and the outside
diameter of a component are established by the weld bevel as depicted in Fig. 127.4.2, and the 30 deg.
taper shown on the sketch is considered pari of the component, not part of the weld bevel?
Reply (1):
Yes.
Question (2): Is it the case that if the piping has a larger diameter than the component, and the
the diameter differences are within the minimum-maximum tolerance stated in Fig. 127.4.2,weld metal
shall be deposited to achieve a gradual transition not exceeding a slope of 1:3 in the weld between the
two surfaces?
Reply (2): Yes, provided that the final joint configuration conforms to the tapered transition
requirements of Table D-1 of Appendix D.
Interpretation:
2-6R
Subject:
Fig. 127.4.2 Welding End Transitions
Date Issued:
December 10, 1982
File:
I611R
Question (1): Is it the case that for welding purposes, the t nominal dimension and the outside
diameter of a component are established by the weld bevel as depicted in Fig. 127.4.2 of ANWASME
B31.1-1980,and the 30 deg. taper shown on the sketch is considered part of the component, not part
of the weld bevel?
Question (2): Is it the case that if the piping has a larger diameter than the component, and the
diameter differences are within the minimum-maximum tolerance stated in Fig. 127.4.2,weld metal shall
be deposited to achieve a gradual transition not exceeding 1:3 in the weid between the two surfaces?
Reply (2): Yes;however, the intent of the Code is to avoid abrupt transition between components
of unequal outside diameters. Therefore, the exterior surfaces of the weld and the component shall
intersect at an included angle not less than 150 deg.
The Committee is considering adding a clarification of the weld transition slope requirements to
the Code. Copies of Mechanical Engineering should be consulted for announcements of approved Code
changes.
7
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply (i): Yes.
2-7, 2-8
B31.1 Interpretations No. 2
Interpretation:
2-7
Subject:
104.8.3 Thermal Expansion Stress Range
Date Issued:
October 4. 1982
File:
1572
Question (1): Is thes, value tobe used in 1û4.8.3(A) [Eq.(1311 obtained from 102.3.2(C) [Eq. (i)]
and from no other location?
Question (2): Does 104.8.3@) [Eq.(14)l represent the numerical manifestation of the test of
102.3.2(D), first paragraph? That is, does the (S,
S A )right-hand side of Eq. (14) correspond to
102.3.20) permitting an addition to the allowable stress range amounting to S , - S(sustaineà)?
+
Question (3): I€ the answer to Question (2) above is yes, then must one reduce the S , term in
104.8.3(B) [Eq. (14)] according to the c y c k reduction factorf identified in Table 102.3.2(C)?
Reply: The answer to all three of your questions is yes. It is the intent of the Code that the term
SA,when used in Eqs. (13) and (14), be calculated per Eq-(1) [102.3.2(C)].The Code in 102.3.2(D)allows
a greater stress range for thermal expansion when the stresses due to sustained loads are small. Equation
(14) defines how this is done.
Interpretation: 2-8
Subject:
127.4.8 Welded Branch Connections
Date Issued:
October 4, 1982
File:
1610
Question: Should the y4 in. minimum referenced in Fig. 127.4.8(E)be applied to the minimum leg
as opposed to the minimum throat sue?
Reply: ï h e sizing of the fillet weld is based on its throat thickness. The minimum fillet throat
thickness can be sized as the smaller of % in. or 0.72, as permitted by 127.4.8(C).
8
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,```
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B31.1 Interpretations No. 2
2-9, 2-10
Interpretation: 2-9
Subject:
117.2, Soft Soldered Socket-Type Joints
Date Issued:
October 5, 1982
File:
1575
Question: What “specified pressure-temperature ratings” referenced in 117.2 apply to “soft
soldered socket-type joints”?
Reply: The pressure-temperature ratings for soft-soldered socket-type joints are listed in ANSI
B16.18 and 816.22, both of which are referenced in Appendix F.
Interpretation: 2-10
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Subject:
Appendix II Nonmandatory Rules for the Design of Safety Valve Installations
Date Issued:
November 16, 1982
File:
1573
Question: In Appendix II, what gas parameters a and b are to be used for dry air and Freon 114
in the equation:
Reply: The equation in question is based on an empirical formula relating energy and steam
properties near the saturation region. It would not be appropriate to use for dry air or Freon 114.
9
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B31.I Interpretations No. 2
2-11,2-12
Interpretation:
2-11
Subject:
Table 136.4, Mandatory Minimum Nondatmctive Examination
Date Issued:
November 16, 1982
File:
1618
Question: Table 136.4 contains the following category heading:
Temperatures Between 35OT (17%) and 750T ( W C )
Inclusive With All Pressures Over 1025 psig (7100 kPag)
Does this mean all temperatures between 35rF (175'C) and 750'F (4oo'C) regardless of pressure
and all pressures above 1025 p i g [7100 kPa (gage)] regardless of temperature?
Reply: Both conditions of temperature and prssure must apply. The temperature must be between
( W C ) with the pressure being greater than 1025 psig 17100 k P a (gage)].
350'F (175'C) and 75-
Subject:
Piping supports
Date Issued:
December 8, 1982
File:
1S45
Question: May piping supports designed using materials required by ANSI B31.1 (1973 Edition
including 1973 Addenda) with welding design in accordance with MSS-SP-58(1967) be fabricated and
installed in accordance with AWS D1.l Structural Welding Code using welding procedures and welders
qualified to A W S D1.1?
Reply: Yes,except that attachments welded directly to the surfaces of the pressure boundary
matend must comply with the applicable edition Of B31.1.
10
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Interpretation: 2-12
B31.1 Interpretations No. 2
Interpretation:
2-13
Subject:
Para. 136 Examination and Inspection
Date Issued:
December 13, 1982
File
1608
2-13
Question (1): 136.1 distinguishes between examination and inspection, with inspection being the
responsibility of the Owner. Does this mean that examination is the responsibility of the fabricator?
Reply (i): Yes,the fabricator or erector is to do the actual examination. The Owner, or his agent,
has the responsibility to verify that the examination was performed in accordance with the Code and
contract.
Question (2): If the answer to Question (1) is yes, can the visual examination of weldments be
performed by the fabricator's welders?
Reply (2): Yes,provided that he has been qualified and certified in accordance with ANSVASME
B31.1
Question (3): 136.1(A) through (E) gives the training program for the qualification of nondestructive personnel in accordance with the Owner's (or his agent's) program. Can the fabricator invoke this
training program on his own as an alternative to AWS QCl for the qualification of visual examination
personnel?
Reply (3): Yes,provided that he has the Owners' approval and that the program complies with the
requirements of ANSVASME B3 1.1.
Question (4): Table 136.4 gives the mandatory minimum nondestructive examination requirements
for pressure welds or welds to pressure retaining components. Are there documentation requirements
for different types of NDE (including visual inspection)? If so, where is it required?
Reply (4): The Code does not have specific documentation requirements for the different types of
NDE, except for:
(a) the maintenance of qualification and certification records of the NDE personnel and the
procedures used in 136.1;
(b) documentation required by a referenced specification, such as T-292, Article 2 of the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V, which requires that a Radiographic Review Form
be prepared to record the interpretation of each radiograph and the disposition of examined material.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
11
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B31.1 Interpretations No. 2
2-14. 2-15
Interpretation: 2-14
Subject:
Table I2 1.1.4 Suggested Pipe Support Spacing
Date Issued:
December 14. 1982
File:
1603
Question: What is the basis for the spans shown in Table 121.1.41
Reply: The spans shown in Table 121.1.4 have been in the Code for many years as a guide to good
practice. These spans, when used, generally assure compliance with the criteria in the footnotes.
Interpretation: 2-15
Subject:
102.3.1, Allowable Stress Values
Date Issued:
December 16, 1982
File:
1519, 1546
Question (1): What is the meaning of the words ?an approved ASTM Specification? in 102.3. i@)?
Reply (i): The meaning of ?an approved ASTM Specification? is one which is listed either in Table
126.1 or in a B31 Code Case referring to ANSVASME B31.1.
Question (2): What rules of ANWASME B3 1.1 should be used to determine the allowable stresses
for materials used for pipe supporting elements?
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reply (2): For materials which are listed in Table 126.1, the rules of 102.3.](A) or 102.3.1@) apply.
For materials which are not listed in Table 126.1, the rules of 102.3.1(C) apply. It should be noted that
the rules of 121.1.2 also apply to the allowable stresses for materials used for pipe supporting elements.
Under certain conditions, the rules of 121.1.2 permit increases and require decreases of the allowable
stresses determined in accordance with the rules of 102.3.1(A), 102.3.1(C), and 102.3.i@).
12
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
B31.1 InterpretationsNo. 2
2-16
Interpretation: 2-16
Subject:
121.1 Design for Pipe Supporting Elements
Date Issued:
December 28, 1982
File:
1581
Question (I): Does the t e m “threaded members” in 121.1.2(A) imply manufactured massproduced bolts, such as those listed in Table 126.1?
Reply (I): No.
Question (2): What are the inspection requirements for welds in pipe support assemblies?
Reply (2): ANSVASME B31.1 has no requirements for inspection of welds in pipe support assemblies other than what is shown in MSS-SP-58.
13
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
Cases
Code for Pressure Piping - €331.1
(The Cases we no! pari of ANSVASME B31.1 or the Addenda and are included for information only.)
A “Case” is the official method of handling a reply to an Inquiry when study indicates that the Code
wording needs clarification, or when the reply modifies the existing requirements of the Code, or grants
permission to use new materials or alternate constructions.
It has been agreed to publish Cases ksued by the B31 Committee concerning B31.I as part of the
subscription servicc to B31.1.Following this title sheet are all of the currently active Code Cases
concerning B31.1. They include:
119
120
129
131
132
133
136
c-1
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
137
,
139
The text of proposed new and revised Cases will appear in Mechanicol Engineering for public
review. A notice will also appear in Mechanical Engineering when new and revised Cases are approved.
The Cases will then appear with the next regularly scheduled Addenda to B31.1.
Thk case shall expire on December 31,1986.
unlen previously annulled or reaffirmed.
CASE 119
3anuary 1976
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - B3 1.1
Case 119-Aluminum Bronze Seyniers Pipe
Table 1 : Maximum Allowable Stress Valuer
Inquiry: May aiuminum bronze eeunless
piP; conforming to the chemistry of dioy
CA 614 to ASTM B 169-74 and manufactured
to î b e requirements of ASTM B 315-75 be
Metal Temperature
Not Exceeding
Dsgrea F
seamlese pipe. conformingto the chemical and
mechanical property requirements of alloy
CA 614 of ASTM B 169-74 and manufactured
to the requirements of ASTM B 315-75 may
be used for ANSI B 31.1 construction provided the following additional rcqukements
arc met:
(1) The maximum dowable stress valuea
hail be those listed in Table 1.
(2) The material shall be marked with thb
code ease number.
100
150
200
250
300
350
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
162
16.2
400
15.9
450
500
15.3
14.7
NOTES:
1. THIS MATERIAL Is NOT ACCEPTABLE
FOR US€ ON BOILER EXTERNAL PIPING.
2. This material shd not be used at temperatures in excess of the maximum temperature
for which the dowable stresses are indicated.
c-3
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
used for ANSI B31.1 construction? What .IIowablc stress vahies may be ueed?
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee
forB31.1,PowcrPiping, that aluminum bronze
Maximum
Allowable Stress
Velues
ksi
CASE 120
January 1976
mis case shallexpire on December 31, 1986.
unless previously annulled or reaffimed.
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPKNG - B3 1.1
Case 120-Electric-Fusion-Welded Aluminum
Bronze Pipe
inyuiry: May electric-fusion-welded aluminum bronze pipe conforming t o the chemicai and mechanical requirements of alloy
CA 614 of ASTM B 169-74 be used for construction of ANSI B31.1 piping components?
What allowable stress values may be ustd?
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee
for B31.1, Power Piping, that electric-fusion
welded pipe conforming to ASTM B 169-74
alloy CA 614 and B 467-74A except as modified herein may be used in the manufacture
and fabrication of ANSI B31.1 piping components provided the following requirements
are met:
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(1) The maximum design pressure shall
not exceed 250 p i g and the maximum service temperature shall not exceed 200 degrees
F. (These limitations arc arbitrary for this
czse with n o intrnt to establish a precedent in
regards i o these limitations.)
(2) The maximum allowable stress value
&ail be 17.5 ksi up to and including 200
d-es
F Temperature. A joint efficiency
factor of 0.80 shall be applied to non-radiop p h e d joints and a factor of 1.00 may be
applied t o 100%radiographed joints.
(3) The weìds shall be made by an electric
fusion welding process involving deposition of
fdler metal. Longitudinal and girth joints shaii
be full penetration butt welds conforming t o
paragraphs 12f.4.2, 127.4.3, and 127.4.11.
(4) Welding procedures, welding operators, and welders shall be qualified in accordance with Section 1X of the ACME Boiler and
Pressure Vcssel Code. The P-No designation
shall bc 35.
( 5 ) Wetding fder metal shall conform to
AWS A5.669 (R-CUALAZ or EGUAL-A2).
(6) Radiographic examination, if performed, shall be in accordance with paragraph
136.4.5.
(7) The Chemical composition of the
plate, sheet or strip shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B 169-74 AUoy CA 614.
The lade analysis of each heat and a check
analysis of each heat or lot of 500 feet or
fraction thereof shall be reported.
(8) The plate, sheet, or s ~ shaU
p conform to the tensile requirements of ASTM B
169-74, Alloy CA 614.
(9) Transverse tension tests taken across
the welded joint shall meet the same mini.
mum tensile requirements as the body
material. One test shall be made t o represent
each lot of pipe. (A lot is defined in No. 7
above.)
(10) Two transverse guided weld bend
tests or one flattening test shall be made
c-5
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
I
CASE 120
January 1976
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - B3 1.1
for each lot as defined in No. 7. above.
Guided bend teats for wall thickness lese than
314 inch s h d be one face and one mot bend
except side bends may be substituted for wall
thicknesses over 318 inch but 1- than 3/4
inch. Above 3/4 inch w d , side bends shall be
used. T h e bend teat shall be acceptable b a d
on criteria established in Section IX of the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
T h e flattening test, if pufwmed, shall k conducted in accordance with ASTM B 61-71.
(11) Tderancea on wail thicknesses shall
Nominal Pipa
Sire. Inches
conform to the tolerances specified in ASTM
B 248-74A,Table 2.
(12) This material ia not acceptable for use
on boilu external piping.
(13) This material shall not be used at temperatures in excess of the maximum temperah\re for which the allowable stresses are
indicated.
(14) PennissiMe variations in outside
diameter as determined by circumference
shall noî exceed the foilowing Limits:
PermissibleVariations
in Ou,tride Diameter.
Over (in.)
T o 4 incì.
Over 4 to 8 incl.
Over B to 1B incl.
Over 18 to 30 incl.
Over 30
1/32
1/16
3/32
1/8
3\16
Under (in.)
1/32
1/32
1/32
1/32
1/32
C-6
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
This case shall expire on December 31. 1986,
unless previously annuRed or realpmid.
CASE 129
December 1977
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - B31.1
Case 129 - Pressure-Temperature Ratings
for Ductile INodular) Iron ComDonents
Inquiry: May the pressure-temperature
and the
sheii test pressures tabulated in ANSI
B31.1-1977 Edition be adjusted to be
compatible with the pressure-ternpcraturt
ratings and the mandatory hydrostatic
sheu-test pressures shown in ANSI B16.5-
Iatine
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
datory hydrostatic shell test pressures tabulated below may be used in lieu of those
shown in ANSI B31.1-1977 Edition except that the following limitations apply
for the use of ductile (nodular) iron components b Bauer
1. Only ASME SA-395 material shall
be used.
1977?
2. The design pressure shail not exceed 350 psip.
Reply: Pending revirion to the Code, it
is the opinion of the Committee that the
pressure-temperature ratings and the man-
3. The design temperature shall not exceed 450oF.
Pressure Temperature Ratings for Ductile (Nodular) Iron Components
Manufactured in Compliance with the Dimension in ANSI 816.1
and ANSI 816.5
Senka
Class125
Temperature
Dip. F
-20 to 100
200
300
400
500
600
650
Clas250
Clen150
Clm3M)
228
592
540
524
508
592
540
624
420
208
184
160
136
112
100
1125
450
508
480
440
cI.rr800
ANSI B16.6
ANSI 816.1
228
208
184
160
136
112
100
Clan4W
1184
1O80
1052
1016
420
792
720
700
676
640
584
572
1125
1500
2225
480
440
960
876
860
Mandatory
Hydrostatic
Shell l e s t
I
450
Pressure
c-7
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
This case shall expire on December SI. 1986.
CASE 131
November 1970
unless previously annuUed or reaffirmed.
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - B31.1
Case 131
- Use of ASTM 8283,Alloy 377
Forgings
biquiry: May copper alloy forpmgs conforming to ASTM B283, AUoy 377 be u a d
for ANSI B31.1 construction and what allowable stress values ma); be used?
Replv. Pending a revision to the Code,
the opinion oï the Committee for
831.1 Power Piping t h a t Copper Alloy No.
377 forgings conforming 10 the requirementsof ASTM 8283-77 are acceptable for
ANSI 831.1 construction providmg the
foliowmg exceptions and requirements are
satisfied.
1. The temperature s h d not exceed
i t Lc
20001'.
2. Materials shall not be welded.
3. Material is not acceptable for use in
Boiler External Piping.
4. Markings on valves manufactured
from this material shall include thematerial
specifications and type and code case
number.
5. All other requirements of ASTM
B283-77 and ANSI B31.1-1977 Edition
shall be met.
6.
The maximum allowable stress
values shall be those listed below:
Maximum Allowable Stressinïhousands of
Pounds Per Square Inch
Temperahne,
OF
I O0
150
200
up to
1% in.
11.0
10.8
10.5
Over
1% in.
9.8
9.5
9.2
c-9
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
......
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
This case shall expire on December 31, 1986,
unless prevìously annulled or reaffirmed.
CASE 132
May 1979
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PWING - B3 1.1
Case 132 - Overpressurization of Valves.
Inquiry: Paragraph 107.1, C of ANSI
B31.1-1977 discusses liquid trapped in a
h i v e and subsequentîy heated; thereby Causing increase in pressure of the entrapped
fluid. Does this paragraph apply only to
gate valves having pressure seal bonnets and
flexible wedges, and having the stems hori-
zontal?
Rep&.- It is the ophion of the Committee
that the requirements of Paragraph 107.1, C
apply to any valve in a piping system which
may be subjected to a Ne in pressure beyond
that which is allowed by the Code.
Paragraph 107.1, C has been included to
provide recognition and awareness that a
dangerous condition can occur when liquid
is trapped in a valve and heat is subsequently applied. In this situation precaution
must be taken to prevent excessive pressure
build-up: for example, by continuous open
passageway between the cavity and the adjoining upstream pipe caused by a hole in
the closure member or by a pipe; use of a
relief vaive; venting the trapped cavity before and during heating (probably by unseating the main disc before heat is applied)
or othenvise.
It is the responsibility of the Owner t o
renew the particular project to make ajudgment as to where this condition can exist
and to provide means to prevent any such
overpressurization.
c-11
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
This case shall expire on December 31, 1986.
unless previously annulled or reaffvmed.
CASE 133
March 1980
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - B31.1
Cas 133-USO of ANSIIASTM A671-77,
ANSI/ASTM A672-77 and ANSIIASfM
A691-77 in ANSIIASME 831.1 Construction.
Inquiry: May electric fusion welded
steel pipe conforming to the requirements
of ANSI/ASTM A671-77, ANSI/ASTM
A612-77 andANSI/ASTM A691-77 be used
for ANSI B31.1 construction? What allowable stress values may be used?
Reply: It is the opinion of the Committee that electric fusion welded steel pipe conforming to the requirements of ANSI/ASTM
A611-77, ANSIIASTM A612-17 and ANSI/
ASTM A691-77 may be used for ANSI/
ASME B31.1 constmction provided the
following requirements are met:
1. Only those pipe grades for which allowable stress values are provided herein
shall be used.
2. Allowable stress values listed herein are
for fully radiographed pipe (Classes 11,
12, 21, 22, 31, 32, 41, 42, 51 and 5 2 )
only. For non-radiographed pipe (Ciasses
10, 20, 30, 40 and SO), a weld joint
efficiency factor (E) of 0.90 shall be
applied to the stress values listed in
accordance with Paragraph 104.1.2. A of
ANSI/ASME B3 1. l .
3. For all classes of pipe, each fmished
length shall be subjected to the hydrostatic test in accordance with ASTM
Specification A 4 3 0 except that the purchaser, with the agreement of the manufacturer, may complete the hydrostatic
test requirement with the system pressure test. Each length of pipe furnished
without the completed manufacturers
hydrostatic t e s i shall indude with the
mandatory marking the letters NH.
4. Welded joints for pipe furnished in
accordance with ANSI/ASTM A691-77
shall be double welded, full penetration welds made in accordance with the
procedures and by welders or welding
operators qualified in accordance with
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
?ction E.
5. Material manufactured in accordance
with these specifications is not acceptable for use on Boiler External Piping.
6. The term lot, as used in Paragraph 8 of
ANSI/ASTM A671, A672 and A691
shall consist of each 200 ft. (61m) or
fraction thereof of all pipe of the same
mill heat of plate material and wall thickness within f 114 inch (6.4 mm) subjected to the same heat treatment for
pipe which is not heat treated or which
is heat treated in a continuous furnace.
For pipe heat treated in a batch-type
furnace, which is automatically controlled within a 50 F (28 C) range and is
equipped with recording pyrometers so
that heating records are available, a lot
shall be defmed the same as for continuous furnaces For pipe heated in a
batch-type furnace not equipped with
automatic controls or recording pyrometer. a lot shaii be defined as all pipe
of the same mill heat of plate materia!
c-I3
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
CASE 133
March 1980
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - B31.1
ASME B31.1 for postweld heat treatment for the P-No. assigned herein
for each grade of pipe.
@)The postweld heat treatment temperatures applied to the pipe shali not
exceed the tempering temperature of
plate materials furnished in the normalized and tempered or quench and
tempered condition.
9. For Classes 41, 42, 51 and 5 2 pipe, the
tempering temperature shall conform to
the temperature range specified m ANSI/
ASME B31.1 for the P-No. assigned
herein for each grade of pipe.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
and wall thickness heat treated in one
furnace charge.
7. Class 10, 1 1 and 12 pipe (non-heat
treated) may be furnished only in those
grades of pipe which are designated as
P-No. I material and only in wall thickness of 3/4 in. (19 mm) or less.
8. For Qasses 20, 21 and 22 pipe, the following additional requirements are mandatory:
(a) î h e tempering temperatures applied
to plate furnished in the normalized
and tempered or quench and tempered condition irhall conform to the
temperature range specified in ANSI/
C-14
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Case 133 continues on next page
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
CASE 133
March 1980
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - 1331.1
Tensile
Spwificstion
P’
No.
Gr.
No.
Grade
CI au
ELECTRIC FUSION WELDED PIPE-FILLER METAL ADDED-RADIOGRAPHED
A285 Gr C
A67 1
1
1
CA55
11,12.21,22.31,32
A67 1
A51 5 Gr 60
1
C860
1
11,12,21,22,3 1.32
A515 Gr 65
CB65
A611
1
1
1 1,12,2 1,22,3 1.32
A67 1
1
A51 5 Gr 7 0
1 1.12,21,22,31,32
2
CB70
A67 1
1
1
A516 Gr 60
cc80
11,12,2122,31,32
A51 6 Gr 65
A516 Gr 70
C-Mn-Si
C-Mn-Si
C-Mn-Ci
A67 1
A671
A67 1
A67 1
A67 1
1
1
A285 A
A285 Gr 8
A285 Gr C
AS15 Gr 55
A51 5 Gr 60
A672
A672
A672
A87 2
A672
1
1
A51 5 Gr 65
A515 Gr 70
A516 Gr 55
A516 Gr 60
A516 Gr 65
A672
A67 2
A672
A672
A672
A516 Gr 70
C-Mn-Si
C-Mn-Si
C-Mn-Si
C-MnSi
C-Mn-SI
C-Mn-SI
1
2
2
2
3
cc65
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
A672
A672
A672
A672
A691
1
1
1
1
A691
A69 1
55.0
60.0
65.0
70.0
60.0
65.0
CD80
11,12,21,22,31,32
11,12,21,22.31,32
11,12,21 ,Z2,31,32
11.12.2122.31.32
11.12.21 22.51 5 2
A45
A50
A55
855
060
11.1221.22.31 5 2
11,12,21,22,31,32
11,1221,22,31,32
1 1,1221 22.31.32
11,12,21,22,31,32
45.0
50.0
56.0
55.0
60.O
865
870
c55
C60
C65
11,1221,22,31,32
1 1,12,21,22,31,32
11,12,21,22,31,32
11,1221,22,31,32
11,12,21,22,31,32
65.0
70.0
55.0
60.0
1
2
2
3
2
2
c7 o
O7 O
O80
N75
CMSH70
1 1.1 2,21,22,31,32
11,12,21,2221,32
1 1.1 2,21,22,51,52
1 1.1 2 2 1 ,22.31,32
11,1221,22,31.32
70.0
70.0
80.0
75.0
70.0
1
1
3
2
CMSH80
CMS75
1 1.1 2.2 1,225 1.52
11,12,21,22,31,32
80.o
75.0
1
1
1
1
1
1
cc70
CK7 5
CDJO
70.0
75.0
70.0
80.0
65.0
C-16
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
Noter
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Meterid
Strength
Minimum
KSI
CASE f33
March 1980
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - B3 1.1
Maximum Allowable Strsrr Values In Tendon In thousands of Pounds Pur Square Inch
For Metal Tempereturn Not Exweding ûag. F
-30
-20
200
300
4ûû
... ... ...
. .. . . . .. .
_.. ... ... ...
.. . . .
... ...
. . . ... ... ...
... ... ... ...
... ... ... ...
... ... ... ...
...
...
17.5 17.5
20.0 20.0
172
19.8
...
... ... .-.
_ _ ....
...
. ..
. ..
.,.
17.2
20.0
I . .
. , . .. . . . .
.. . . . . . .
... ... ...
1
500
600
650
...
. ..
...
17.5
20.0
17.5 17.2
20.0 20.0
17.2
19.8
172
19.8
17.2
19.8
17.2
19.7
17.5
17.5
17.2
17.2
17.2
172
17.2
20.0
20.0
20.0
lQ.8 19.8
19.8
19.7
e . .
.. .
... ...
... .. ,
... .. .
I . .
... ... ... ...
... . . .
800
Specification
Grade
A67 1
A671
A671
A67 1
A671
cc65
CC70
CK75
CD70
CD80
A672
A672
A672
A672
A672
A45
A50
A55
855
B60
16.2 15.5 13.9 11.4
17.5 16.6 14.8 12.0
13.8 13.3 12.1 10.2
15.0 14.4 13.0 10.8
16.3 15.5 13.9 11.4
A672
A672
A672
A672
A672
865
870
c55
C60
C65
17.5
A672
A672
A672
A672
A69 1
C70
D70
D80
ru75
CMSH7O
A691
A691
CMSHBO
CM575
1
*
. ..
750
ELECTRIC FUSION WELDED PIPE-FILLER METAL ADDED-RADIOGRAPHED
CA55
A67 1
C860
A67 1
CE65
A676
C870
A67 1
CC60
A67 1
... .. .
... ...
760
... ... ... 13.8 13.3 12.1 10.2
. .. ... . .. 15.0 14.4 13.0 10.8
... ... , .. 16.2 15.5 13.9 11.4
.. . ... . . _ 17.5 16.6 14.8 12.0
... ... . .. 15.0 14.4 13.0 10.8
... ... ... 16.3 15.5 13.9 11.4
... ... ... 17.5 16.6 14.8 12.0
... ... . .. 18.8 17.7 15.7 12.0
17.2 17.2 17.2 .. . . . . . . . . . .
19.8 19.8 19.7 .. . . . . . . . ...
... ... .. . 10.2 9.0 8.7 7.5
... ... . . . 12.5 12.1 11.1 9.4
.. . ... ... 13.8 13.3 12.1 10.2
.. ... ... 13.8 13.3 12.1 10.2
... ... .. . 15.0 14.4 13.0 10.8
... . . . . - . ... ...
... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ..- .-.
...... . . . . . . . .
... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ...
...
to
650
. ..
...
.. .
16.6
14.8
12.0
18.8 17.7
... ...
15.7
12.0
18.8
15.7
12.0
. . . . . . . .. . ..
. . . .. . .. . . . .
... ...
.,* ... ... ...
17.7
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
to
100
C-17
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
CASE 133
March 1980
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - B3 1.1
-_
Specification
Y
No.
Gr.
No.
Grade
Clas
ELECTRIC FUSION WELDED PIPE-FILLER METAL ADDED-RADIOGRAPHED
L65
21.22.31.32.41.42
A672
3
1
C-Yi MO.
i70
21,22,31.32,41.42
A672
3
2
C-H MO
C-H MO
A672
3
2
L75
2 1,22,31,32,41,42
CM65
21,22,31,32,41,42
A691
3
1
C-H MO
21.22.3ì.32.41.42
3
2
CM70
C-H MO
A691
C-H MO
2
CM75
1
2
1
1
H Cr
Ill
(11
11)
Il)
(11
75.0
(1)
55.0
70.0
55.0
65.0
l1)(2)
W Cr
1 Cr
1 Cr
21.22.31.32.4 1.42
2 1,22
2122.31.32A1.42
21,22
2 1,22,3 l,32,41,42
1
1
1
1%Cr
1%Cr
2% Cr
2% Cr
3 Cr
21.22
21,22,31.32,41,42
21.22
21.22.3 1.32.4 1.42
2122
60.0
75.0
60.0
75.0
60.O
(1)(2)
(1)
(1)(21
(1)(4)
(1) ( 2 )
1
2
2
3 Cr
5 Cr
5 Cr
21,22,31,32,41,42
21,22
2122.3 1,32,4 1.42
75.0
60.0
75.0
(1 )(2)
(11(41
% Cr-%Mo
XCr-XMo
1 Cr-'/Mo
1 Cr-X Mo
A691
A691
A691
A691
A691
3
3
3
4
4
1% Cr-U Mo-Si
1%Cr-H Mo
2% Cr-1 Mo
2% Cr-1 Mo
3 Cr-1 Mo
A691
A691
A691
A691
A691
4
4
5
5
5
1
3 Cr-1 Mo
5 Cr-X Mo
5Cr-%Mo
A691
A691
A691
5
5
5
65.0
70.0
75.0
65.0
70.0
Notes
1
(1)
(1)(21
(1)
(1)
NOTES
(1) The allowable stress velues given ore for a weld efficiency factor (E) o f 100.0. F o r classes which are n o t radiographed, a weld
efficiency factor (E) of 0.90shall be applied. Refer t o ANSI/ASME 831.1. para. 104.
(2) The allowable stress values given are for pipe fabricated from annealed plate.
(3) The allowable stress values given are f o r pipe fabricated from plate not exceeding 2% inches in thickness.
(4) At 400F and below, the following allowable stresses shall apply.
2% Cr-1 Mo A691 Class 41 & 42
5 Cr-H Mo A691 Class 41 8142
-20 to 1OOF
18.8
10.7
200F
18.8
18.7
300F
18.3
17.7
400F
18.0
17.7
C-18
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Materid
Tensile
Strength
Minimum
KSI
CASE 133
March 1980
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING .
B3 1.1
Maximum Allowable Stress Values In Tension In Thousands of Pounds Per Square Inch
For Metal Temperature Not Exceeding Deg. F
-20
to
000
850
900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 Specification
16.3 16.7
17.5 17.5
18.8 18.8
16.3 16.2
17.5 17.5
15.8
17.5
18.8
15.8
17.5
15.3
17.1
15.3
15.3
17.1
18.8
13.8
17.5
13.8
16.3
18.8
13.8
17.5
13.8
16.3
18.8
13.8
17.5
13.8
16.3
18.8
13.8
17.5
13.8
16.3
15.3
13.4
16.8
13.4
15.8
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
12.8
9.2
14.5 10.2
12.8 11.0
15.1 11.0
5.9
6.3
6.6
6.6
15.0
18.8
15.0
17.7
15.0
15.0
18.6
15.0
17.5
14.8
15.0
18.8
15.0
17.2
14.5
15.0
18.8
15.0
16.9
13.9
14.6 13.9 11.0
16.3 15.9 11.0
14.4 13.1 11.0
16.4 15.8 11.0
13.2 12.0 9.0
400
500
600
650
700
16.3
17.5
18.8
16.3
17.5
16.3
17.5
18.8
16.3
17.5
16.3
17.5
18.8
16.3
17.5
16.3
17.5
18.8
16.3
17.5
18.8
13.8
17.5
13.8
16.3
18.8
13.8
17.5
13.8
16.3
18.8
13.8
17.5
13.8
16.3
15.0 15.0
18.8 18.8
15.0 15.0
17.9
15.0 15.0
15.0
18.8
15.0
17.8
15.0
...
750
Grade
ELECTRIC FUSION WELDED PIPE-FILLER METAL ADDED-RADIOGRAPHED
A672
165
A672
1.70
A672
173
A691
CM65
A691
CM70
17.9 17.9 17.8 17.7 17.6 17.2 16.9 16.4 13.0
15.0 14.5 14.0 13.7 13.4 13.1 12.8 12.0 10.4
17.7 17.7 17.5 17.1 16.7 16.1 15.3 10.3
...
9.6
7.6
7.6
............
............
4.3
2.6 . . . . . .
4.3
2.6
6.9
6.9
7.8
7.6
7.0
4.6
4.6
5.8
5.8
5.5
2.6
2.8
4.2
4.4
4.0
6.8
5.6
5.6
4.9
42
4.2
3.2
3.1
3.1
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
2.0
2.0
1.3
1.3
A691
A691
A691
A691
A69 1
CM75
A691
A691
A691
A691
A691
1%Cr
1% cr
2% Cr
2% Cr
3 Cr
A691
A69 1
A691
3 Cr
5 Cr
5 Cr
H Cr
% Cr
1 Cr
1 0
C-19
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
..
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
nik case shall expire on December 31. 1986,
CASE 136
April 1981
unless previously onnulled or reaffirmed.
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - B31.1
-
Case 136
Use of Nickel-ItonChromium Aiioys 800 and 800H
Inquiry: May nickel-iron-chromium alloys (800 and 800H) seamless condenser and
heat exchanger tubes, rods, and bars, seamless
pipe and tubes, plate, sheet, and strip, conforming respectively to ASME Specifications
SB-163, SB-408. SB-407. and SB409, be
used in ANSI/ASME B31.1 construction?
Reply: I t is the opinion of the Committee that nickel-iron-chromium alloy forms
as shown in Table i may be used in ANSI/
ASME B31.1 construction provided the
foilowing requirements and exceptions are
satisfied:
1. Material shaii not be used in Boiler
External Piping.
2. Maximum material temperature shaii
not c x a t d 1200°F.
3. T h e maximum d o w a b l e design
stress shall not exceed those listed in Table
II.
4. Welded fabrication shaii conform
t o the applicable requirements of ANSI/
ASME B31.1.
a. The procedure and performance qualifications shall be conducted as
prescribed in Section IX of the ASME Boiler
and Pressure Vessel Code.
b. Welding shall be done by any
welding process or combination of processes
capable of meeting the requirements.
c. T h e use of fuler metai that
will deposit weld metal with the same composition as the material joined is recommended.
When the manufacturer is of the opinion that
a better corrosion-resistant joint can be made
by departure from these b i t s , f i e r metal of
a different composition may be used provided
the strength of the weld metal at the operating temperature is not less than that of the
high-alloy material t o be welded, and user is
satisfied that its resistance to corrosion is
satisfactory for the intended service.
d. Heat treatment after forming
or fabrication is neither required nor prohibited.
TABLE I
ASME
Specification
Form
Seamless Condenser and Heat
Exchanger Tubes
Seamless Pipe and Tube
Rods and Bars
Plate, Sheet and Strip
SB-1 63
SB-407
SB-408
SB-409
c-21
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - B31.1
TABLE I I
For Metal
Stress, kd
Tomperrturw
Not Exceeding p FI
100
200
300
400
500
600
650
700
750
800
850
Soo
950
loo0
1 o50
1100
1150
1200
Alloy 800H
Alloy 800
18.7
18.7
17.9
17.2
16.7
16.3
16.1
15.9
15.7
15.5
15.3
15.1
14.9
14.7
14.5
13.0
9.8
6.6
18.7’
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.7
18.6
18.6
18.5
18.5
18.3
18.2
17.9
17.6
17.0
13.0
9.8
6.6
16.2
15.4
14.5
13.5
12.9
12.2
11.9
11.7
11.4
11.1
10.9
10.7
10.5
10.3
10.1
10.0
9.8
8.4
16.2’
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.0
16.0
16.0
15.7
15.4
15.3
16.1
14.8
14.6
14.4
13.7
13.5
11.2
8-4
loue to the relatively low yield strength of these materials, the higher rtrese
values were establishad e t temperatures where the short-time tensile properties govern to permit the use of these alloys where slightly greater deformation is acceptable. These higher stress values exceed 62.5% but do not exceed 90% of their yield strength a t temperature. Use of these stresses may result in dimensional changes due to permanent strain. These stress values are
not recommended for the flanges of gasketed joints or other applications
where slight amounts of distortion can cause ieakage or malfunction.
e-22
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
This case shall expire on December31. 1986,
unless previously annu ììeù or reoffirmed
CASE 137
September 1981
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING - B31.1
applicable. However, it is cautioned that
supplementary requirements to the Section
chosen may be necessary to provide for a
safe piping system for the uitended application. Technical limitations of the various
Sections, legal requirements, and possible
applicability of other codes or standards are
some of Ute factors to be considered by the
user in determining the applicability of any
Section of this Code.
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Case 137 - Piping Not Covered by Any
A N S I / a M E 831 Code Section
Inquiry: When no Section of the ASME
Code for Pressure Piping, 831, specifically
covers a piping system, which Section should
bc uscd for materials, design, fabrication,
assembly, erection, examination, inspection,
and testing of this system?
Reply: At his discretion, the user may
select any Section determined to be generally
C-23
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT
TñP case shall expire on December 31, 1986,
Case 139
July 1982
unless previously annulled or reaffirmed.
CASES
CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING
I
- B31.1
CIse 139 - Ruks for the U s of ASME SB-265md ASME SB-337Materills in ANSI/ASME
B31.1. ConscrUction
Inquiry: What additional rules shall apply to the use of materiais conforming to ASME
SB-265 and ASME SB-337for the construction of piping in accordance with ANSI/ASME
B31.1?
Reply: The following additional rules shall apply to the use of ASME SE-26s and ASME
SE-337materials for construction of piping in accordance with ANSI/ASME B31.1;
I. ï h e following maximum aíìawabie stress values shall apply to ASME SB-265 material
and ASME SB-337seamlew pipe :
Metai Tempenbue
Not E x d i n g m)
GR I
1O0
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
8.8
8.1
7-3
6.5
5 -8
5.2
4.8
4:5
4.1
3 -6
3.1
MPdmum Anowable Stnss Vaiues
In Tension (kd)
GR2
GR 3
16.3
12.5
15.6
12.0
14.3
10.9
9.9
13.0
9.0
11.7
8.4
10.4
7.7
9.3
1.2
8.3
6.6
1 -5
6.2
6.7
5.7
6.O
GR. 7
12.5
12.0
10.9
9.9
9.0
8.4
7.1
1.2
6.6
6.2
5.7
2. The stress values listed in 1. may be interpolated t o determine values for intermediate
temperaturer
3. For ASME SB-337welded pipe and ASME SB-265material formed into welded pipe, an
efficiency factor of 0.85 l a l l be applied to the dowable stress values listed in 1.
4. Fille1 metal shall not be used in the manufacture of welded pipe.
5. Pipe shall comply with ail the requirements of ASME SB-337,with the exception of
dimensional requirements. Pipe dimensions shaü comply with the requirements of ANSI
836.1 9-1976.
c-25
--``,`,`,,`,,````,,,,``,`,,````-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright ASME International
Provided by IHS Markit under license with ASME
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Markit
Licensee=BP International/5928366101, User=Mohamed, Noureldin
Not for Resale, 03/16/2022 09:49:29 MDT